Eq-Bts Handling BSC dn9813242 25-5 en

Nokia Siemens Networks GSM/EDGE BSS, rel.
RG10(BSS), operating documentation, issue 06, Doc change delivery 2

Reference
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

DN9813242 Issue 25-5 Approval Date 2010-11-01
The information in this document is subject to change without notice and describes only the product defined in the introduction of this documentation. This documentation is intended for the use of Nokia Siemens Networks customers only for the purposes of the agreement under which the document is submitted, and no part of it may be used, reproduced, modified or transmitted in any form or means without the prior written permission of Nokia Siemens Networks. The documentation has been prepared to be used by professional and properly trained personnel, and the customer assumes full responsibility when using it. Nokia Siemens Networks welcomes customer comments as part of the process of continuous development and improvement of the documentation. The information or statements given in this documentation concerning the suitability, capacity, or performance of the mentioned hardware or software products are given "as is" and all liability arising in connection with such hardware or software products shall be defined conclusively and finally in a separate agreement between Nokia Siemens Networks and the customer. However, Nokia Siemens Networks has made all reasonable efforts to ensure that the instructions contained in the document are adequate and free of material errors and omissions. Nokia Siemens Networks will, if deemed necessary by Nokia Siemens Networks, explain issues which may not be covered by the document. Nokia Siemens Networks will correct errors in this documentation as soon as possible. IN NO EVENT WILL Nokia Siemens Networks BE LIABLE FOR ERRORS IN THIS DOCUMENTATION OR FOR ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL OR ANY LOSSES, SUCH AS BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY OR DATA,THAT MAY ARISE FROM THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT OR THE INFORMATION IN IT. This documentation and the product it describes are considered protected by copyrights and other intellectual property rights according to the applicable laws. The wave logo is a trademark of Nokia Siemens Networks Oy. Nokia is a registered trademark of Nokia Corporation. Siemens is a registered trademark of Siemens AG. Other product names mentioned in this document may be trademarks of their respective owners, and they are mentioned for identification purposes only. Copyright Nokia Siemens Networks 2010. All rights reserved
Important Notice on Product Safety

Elevated voltages are inevitably present at specific points in this electrical equipment. Some of the parts may also have elevated operating temperatures. Non-observance of these conditions and the safety instructions can result in personal injury or in property damage. Therefore, only trained and qualified personnel may install and maintain the system. The system complies with the standard EN 60950 / IEC 60950. All equipment connected has to comply with the applicable safety standards.
The same text in German: Wichtiger Hinweis zur Produktsicherheit In elektrischen Anlagen stehen zwangslufig bestimmte Teile der Gerte unter Spannung. Einige Teile knnen auch eine hohe Betriebstemperatur aufweisen. Eine Nichtbeachtung dieser Situation und der Warnungshinweise kann zu Krperverletzungen und Sachschden fhren. Deshalb wird vorausgesetzt, dass nur geschultes und qualifiziertes Personal die Anlagen installiert und wartet. Das System entspricht den Anforderungen der EN 60950 / IEC 60950. Angeschlossene Gerte mssen die zutreffenden Sicherheitsbestimmungen erfllen.
Id:0900d80580802990
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Table of Contents
This document has 209 pages. Summary of changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 EQ - BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION HANDLING IN BSC . . . . . . . . . 15 EQC CREATE BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 EQD DELETE BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 EQA MODIFY MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 EQB MODIFY BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS <option> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 EQF MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 EQG MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . 71 EQH MODIFY QUEUEING PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 EQJ MODIFY CCH CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 EQK MODIFY INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PARAMETERS . . . . . . 85 EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 EQT MODIFY TRUNK RESERVATION PARAMETERS <option> . . . 124 EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 EQN MODIFY GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 EQX MODIFY DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS <option> . . . . . . . . . 157 EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 EQQ CHECK IUO INTERFERING CELL <option> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 EQI OUTPUT BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MATRIX DATA <option> 202 EQU CHANGE SEGMENT OF BTS <option> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 EQS CHANGE BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d80580802990
List of Figures
Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 7 Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10 Figure 11 Figure 12 Figure 13 Baseband hopping with 3 frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Radio frequency hopping with 3 frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Baseband hopping for IUO-cell with 3 regular and 3 super-reuse frequencies when both layers have BB hopping on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Radio frequency hopping for IUO-cell with 3 regular and 3 super-reuse frequencies when both layers have RF hopping on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Baseband hopping for child-cell with 3 super-reuse frequencies (for example TrxFrequencyType > 0). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Radio frequency hopping for child-cell with 3 super-reuse frequencies (for example TrxFrequencyType > 0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Baseband hopping with 3 frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Radio frequency hopping with 3 frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Baseband hopping for IUO-cell with 3 regular and 3 super-reuse frequencies in case both layers have BB hopping on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Radio frequency hopping for IUO-cell with 3 regular and 3 super-reuse frequencies in case both layers have RF hopping on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Baseband hopping for child-cell with 3 super-reuse frequencies (that is, TrxFrequencyType > 0). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Radio frequency hopping for child-cell with 3 super-reuse frequencies (that is, TrxFrequencyType > 0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 TCHs after downgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Id:0900d80580802990
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
List of Tables
Table 1 Table 2 Table 3 Table 4 Table 5 Table 6 Table 7 Table 8 Table 9 Table 10 Table 11 Table 12 Table 13 Table 14 Table 15 BTS-specific parameters in command C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 SEG-specific parameters in command C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 BTS-specific parameters in command E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 SEG-specific parameters in command E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 BTS-specific parameters in command G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 SEG-specific parameters in command G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 BTS-specific parameters in command K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 SEG-specific parameters in command K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 BTS-specific parameters in command M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 SEG-specific parameters in command M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 BTS-specific parameters in command V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 SEG-specific parameters in command V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 BTS-specific parameters in command X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 SEG-specific parameters in command X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 PRFILE SW products and the corresponding parameters . . . . . . . . . 185
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d80580802990
Id:0900d80580802990
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Summary of changes
Summary of changes
Changes between document issues are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document issue contains all changes made to previous issues. Changes made between issues 25-5 and 25-4 EQC CREATE BTS Execution printout has been updated with the parameters BCSU INDEX (BCSU), PCU INDEX (PCU), PCU identifier (PCU ID), pcu object state (POS) EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS Execution printout 2 has been updated with the parameters BCSU INDEX (BCSU), PCU INDEX (PCU), PCU identifier (PCU ID), pcu object state (POS) EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS Execution printout 12 has been updated with the parameters BCSU INDEX (BCSU), PCU INDEX (PCU), PCU identifier (PCU ID), pcu object state (POS) Changes made between issues 25-4 and 25-3 EQC CREATE BTS The default parameter values of the miscellaneous parameters have been updated. The parameters DTRX power down threshold and DTRX power up threshold have been renamed to 2G TRX power down threshold and 2G TRX power up threshold due to the feature Flexi EDGE Dual TRX Automatic Power Down renamed to 2G TRX Automatic Power down. EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS The description of parameter antenna hopping has been modified with Flexi Multiradio and BTSplus BTS updates. EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS The new parameters extended BCCH enabled (EBENA), merged PGSM900 and EGSM900 enabled (MPE), GSM priority (GPRIO), WCDMA priority (WPRIO), Priority search threshold (PSTHR), Low priority threshold (LPTHR), Reselection algorithm hysteresis (HPRIO), and Time hysteresis (TIMEH) have been added to the syntax and parameter descriptions. Command example and execution printout has been modified. The parameters DTRX power down threshold and DTRX power up threshold have been renamed to 2G TRX power down threshold and 2G TRX power up threshold due to the feature Flexi EDGE Dual TRX Automatic Power Down renamed to 2G TRX Automatic Power down. EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS The new parameters extended BCCH enabled (EBENA), merged PGSM900 and EGSM900 enabled (MPE), GSM priority (GPRIO), WCDMA priority (WPRIO), Priority search threshold (PSTHR), Low priority threshold (LPTHR), Reselection algorithm hysteresis (HPRIO),
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080262b
Summary of changes
and Time hysteresis (TIMEH) have been added to the execution printout of the miscellaneous parameters. The parameters DTRX power down threshold and DTRX power up threshold have been renamed to 2G TRX power down threshold and 2G TRX power up threshold due to the feature Flexi EDGE Dual TRX Automatic Power Down renamed to 2G TRX Automatic Power down. EQV EQY MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS Flexi Multiradio and BTSplus related updates are added. MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS Flexi Multiradio and BTSplus related updates are added. Changes made between issues 25-3 and 25-2 EQC CREATE BTS The new parameter immediate SDCCH HO enabled (ISIC) has been added to the table of deafult values of miscellaneous parameters. EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS The new parameter immediate SDCCH HO enabled (ISIC) has been added to the syntax and parameter descriptions. A new command example and execution printout has been added. EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS The new parameter immediate SDCCH HO enabled (ISIC) has been added to the execution printout of the miscellaneous parameters. Changes made between issues 25-2 and 25-1 EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS The new parameter super radius extension (SEXT) has been added to the syntax and parameter descriptions. A new command example and execution printout has been added. EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS The new parameter super radius extension (SEXT) has been added to the execution printout of the miscellaneous parameters. Changes made between issues 25-1 and 25-0 EQC CREATE BTS A new parameter cell number in BTS HW (CHW), has been added and the syntax, parameter descriptions, and the execution printout have been updated accordingly. The default values for miscellaneous parameters have been updated in the Additional information section. EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS New parameters SDCCH measurement report sending (SMREPS), interval measurement report sending (IMREPS), FACCH busy threshold (FACHBT), RACH busy threshold (RACHBT), repeated SACCH RX lev threshold DL (RSRDL), repeated SACCH RX lev threshold UL (RSRUL), repeated SACCH in DL (RSDL), repeated SACCH in UL (RSUL), enable temporary overpower (ETOP), repeated FACCH in DL
Id:0900d8058080262b
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Summary of changes
(RFDL), repeated FACCH in UL (RFUL), apply repeated FACCH (ARF), carrier unit configuration (CUCONF), and TX diversity time shift TXDIV) have been added and the syntax, parameter descriptions, and execution printouts have been updated accordingly. SEG-specific parameters in command M have been updated in Additional information. EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS Parameter cell number in BTS HW (CHW) has been added to the execution printout. EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS Parameter cell number in BTS HW (CHW) has been added to the execution printout. BTSplus specific parameters have been added to the execution printout of the command. Changes made between issues 25-0 and 24-0 EQC CREATE BTS The background parameters Background Used MAL ID (BMAL), Background MAIO Offset (BMO), Background Underlay MAL ID (BUMAL), Background Underlay MAIO Offset (BUMO), Background MAIO Step (BMS), Background Underlay MAIO Step (BUMS), Background BSIC BCC (BBCC), Background BSIC NCC (BNCC), Background BTS Hopping Mode (BHOP), Background Underlay BTS Hopping Mode (BUHOP), Background Hopping Sequence Number 1 (BHSN1), Background Hopping Sequence Number 2 (BHSN2), and Background Underlay Hopping Sequence Number (BUHSN) have been removed. Two new SEG-specific parameters DTRX power down threshold (PWDT) and DTRX power up threshold (PWUT) have been added to the Additional information section. Seven new BTS-specific parameters AMR-WB codec mode set (ACMS), AMR-WB FR threshold 1 (AFRT1), AMR-WB FR threshold 2 (AFRT2), AMR-WB FR hysteresis 1 (AFRH1), AMR-WB FR hysteresis 2 (AFRH2), DLDC enabled (DCENA), and PCU up to date (PUTD) have been added to the Additional information section. Information about the use of DFCA MA lists has been added to the execution printouts. BTS background data state has been removed from the execution printouts. EQA MODIFY MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS The background parameters Background Used MAL ID (BMAL), Background MAIO Offset (BMO), Background Underlay MAL ID (BUMAL), Background Underlay MAIO Offset (BUMO), Background MAIO Step (BMS), and Background Underlay MAIO Step (BUMS) have been removed. The value range of parameters mobile allocation frequency list (MAL), underlay mobile allocation frequency list (UMAL), DFCA mobile alloca-
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080262b
Summary of changes
tion frequency lists (DMAL), and DFCA unsynchronized mode MA frequency list (DUMAL) has been updated. Information about the use of DFCA MA lists has been added to the execution printouts. BTS background data state has been removed from the execution printouts. EQB MODIFY BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS <option> The value range of parameter identification of BCCH frequency list (IDLE) has been updated. BTS background data state has been removed from the execution printouts. EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS The background parameters Background BSIC BCC (BBCC), Background BSIC NCC (BNCC), Background BTS Hopping Mode (BHOP), Background Underlay BTS Hopping Mode (BUHOP), Background Hopping Sequence Number 1 (BHSN1), Background Hopping Sequence Number 2 (BHSN2), and Background Underlay Hopping Sequence Number (BUHSN) have been removed. Information about the use of DFCA MA lists has been added to the execution printouts. BTS background data state has been removed from the execution printouts. EQF MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS BTS background data state has been removed from the execution printouts. EQG MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAMETERS BTS background data state has been removed from the execution printouts. EQH MODIFY QUEUEING PARAMETERS BTS background data state has been removed from the execution printouts. EQJ MODIFY CCH CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS BTS background data state has been removed from the execution printouts. EQK MODIFY INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PARAMETERS BTS background data state has been removed from the execution printouts. EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS Two new SEG-specific parameters DTRX power down threshold (PWDT) and DTRX power up threshold (PWUT) have been added and the syntax, parameter descriptions, and execution printouts have been updated accordingly. BTS background data state has been removed from the execution printouts.
10
Id:0900d8058080262b
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Summary of changes
EQT
MODIFY TRUNK RESERVATION PARAMETERS <option> BTS background data state has been removed from the execution printouts.
EQV
MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option> New BTS-specific parameters DLDC enabled (DCENA) and PCU up to date (PUTD) have been added and the syntax, parameter descriptions, and execution printouts have been updated accordingly. BTS background data state has been removed from the execution printouts.
EQN
MODIFY GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS <option> BTS background data state has been removed from the execution printouts.
EQX
MODIFY DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS <option> BTS background data state has been removed from the execution printouts.
EQY
MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option> Five new BTS-specific parameters AMR-WB codec mode set (ACMS), AMR-WB FR threshold 1 (AFRT1), AMR-WB FR threshold 2 (AFRT2), AMR-WB FR hysteresis 1 (AFRH1), and AMR-WB FR hysteresis 2 (AFRH2) have been added and the syntax, parameter descriptions, and execution printouts have been updated accordingly. BTS background data state has been removed from the execution printouts.
EQO
OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS Two new SEG-specific parameters DTRX power down threshold (PWDT) and DTRX power up threshold (PWUT) have been added to the execution printouts. Seven new BTS-specific parameters AMR-WB codec mode set (ACMS), AMR-WB FR threshold 1 (AFRT1), AMR-WB FR threshold 2 (AFRT2), AMR-WB FR hysteresis 1 (AFRH1), AMR-WB FR hysteresis 2 (AFRH2), DLDC enabled (DCENA), and PCU up to date (PUTD) have been added to the execution printouts. The background parameters Background Used MAL ID (BMAL), Background MAIO Offset (BMO), Background Underlay MAL ID (BUMAL), Background Underlay MAIO Offset (BUMO), Background MAIO Step (BMS), Background Underlay MAIO Step (BUMS), Background BSIC BCC (BBCC), Background BSIC NCC (BNCC), Background BTS Hopping Mode (BHOP), Background Underlay BTS Hopping Mode (BUHOP), Background Hopping Sequence Number 1 (BHSN1), Background Hopping Sequence Number 2 (BHSN2), and Background Underlay Hopping Sequence Number (BUHSN) have been removed. Information about the use of DFCA MA lists has been added to the execution printouts. BTS background data state has been removed from the execution printouts.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080262b
11
Summary of changes
EQU
CHANGE SEGMENT OF BTS <option> BTS background data state has been removed from the execution printouts.
EQS
CHANGE BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE BTS background data state has been removed from the execution printouts.
Changes made between issues 24-0 and 23-2 EQC CREATE BTS Parameters GPRS not allowed access classes (GACC),GPRS cell barred (GBAR),GPRS cell reselect hysteresis (GHYS),C31 hysteresis (CHYS),C32 qual (QUAL),reselection time (RES),AMR FR threshold 1 (FRT1),AMR FR threshold 2 (FTR2),AMR FR threshold 3 (FTR3),AMR HR threshold 1 (HRT1),AMR HR threshold 2 (HRT2),AMR HR threshold 3 (HRT3),PBCCH blocks (PBB),PAGCH blocks (PAB),PRACH blocks (PRB),calculation of minimum number of slots (CALC),GPRS number of slots spread transmission (GSLO),GPRS max number of retransmission (GRET),GPRS FDD Cell Reselect Offset (GFDD), and GPRS Minimum FDD Threshold (GFDM) have been removed. Parameters extended cell GPRS/EDGE enabled (EXGENA),extended cell location keep period (EXKEEP),DL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode (DCSEA),DL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode (DCSEU),UL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode (UCSEA),UL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode (UCSEU),initial MCS for ext area acknowledged mode (MCEA),initial MCS for ext area unacknowledged mode (MCEU),AMR FR DL threshold 1 (FRTD1),AMR FR DL threshold 2 (FRTD2),AMR FR DL threshold 3 (FRTD3),AMR FR UL threshold 1 (FRTU1),AMR FR UL threshold 2 (FRTU2),AMR FR UL threshold 3 (FRTU3),AMR HR DL threshold 1 (HRTD1),AMR HR DL threshold 2 (HRTD2),AMR HR DL threshold 3 (HRTD3),AMR HR UL threshold 1 (HRTU1),AMR HR UL threshold 2 (HRTU2),AMR HR UL threshold 3 (HRTU3),minimum FDD threshold offset (FDMO),minimum RSCP threshold (FDR),AMR lower limit for SEG FR resources (AFRL),AMR upper limit for SEG FR resources (AFRU), and AMR HR radio link timeout (AHRLT) have been added to the Additional information section. The names of parameters threshold to search WCDMA RAN cells (QSRI),gprs threshold to search WCDMA RAN cells (QSRP), and fdd cell reselect offset (FDD) have been changed to threshold to search UTRAN cells (QSRI),gprs threshold to search UTRAN cells (QSRP), and fdd and tdd cell reselect offset (FDD). The unit of measurement in the default values of parameters DL noise level (DLN) and UL noise level (ULN) has been updated. EQF MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS Parameters GPRS not allowed access classes (GACC) and GPRS cell barred (GBAR) have been removed. EQG MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAMETERS
12
Id:0900d8058080262b
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Summary of changes
Parameters GPRS cell reselect hysteresis (GHYS),C31 hysteresis (CHYS),C32 qual (QUAL), and reselection time (RES) have been removed. EQJ MODIFY CCH CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS Parameters PBCCH blocks (PBB),PAGCH blocks (PAB), and PRACH blocks (PRB) have been removed. EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS The names of parameters threshold to search WCDMA RAN cells (QSRI),gprs threshold to search WCDMA RAN cells (QSRP), and fdd cell reselect offset (FDD) have been changed to threshold to search UTRAN cells (QSRI),gprs threshold to search UTRAN cells (QSRP), and fdd and tdd cell reselect offset (FDD). Optionality for parameters threshold to search UTRAN cells (QSRI),gprs threshold to search UTRAN cells (QSRP),fdd and tdd cell reselect offset (FDD),gprs fdd cell reselect offset (GFDD),minimum fdd threshold (FDM), and gprs minimum fdd threshold (GFDM) has been added to the syntax. Parameters calculation of minimum number of slots (CALC),GPRS number of slots spread transmission (GSLO),GPRS max number of retransmission (GRET),GPRS FDD Cell Reselect Offset (GFDD), and GPRS Minimum FDD Threshold (GFDM) have been removed. Parameters minimum fdd threshold offset (FDMO),minimum RSCP threshold (FDR),AMR lower limit for SEG FR resources (AFRL), and AMR upper limit for SEG FR resources (AFRU) have been added, and the syntax, parameter explanations, additional information, and the execution printouts have been updated accordingly. The value range for Flexi EDGE base station has been added to the description of parameter radius extension (EXT). The description of parameter gprs threshold to search WCDMA RAN cells (QSRP) has been updated. The unit of measurement in the value range of parameters DL noise level (DLN) and UL noise level (ULN) has been updated. The execution printout has been updated accordingly. EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option> Parameters extended cell GPRS/EDGE enabled (EXGENA),extended cell location keep period (EXKEEP),DL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode (DCSEA),DL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode (DCSEU),UL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode (UCSEA),UL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode (UCSEU),initial MCS for ext area acknowledged mode (MCEA), and initial MCS for ext area unacknowledged mode (MCEU) have been added, and the syntax, parameter explanations, additional information, and the execution printouts have been updated accordingly. The parameter values of EGPRS inactivity alarm weekdays (EAW) have been updated.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080262b
13
Summary of changes
New abbreviations BL-SY and WO-EX have been added to the printouts. EQN MODIFY GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS The description of parameters QC GPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold (QGURT) and QC EGPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold (QEURT) has been updated. EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option> Parameters AMR FR DL threshold 1 (FRTD1),AMR FR DL threshold 2 (FRTD2),AMR FR DL threshold 3 (FRTD3),AMR FR UL threshold 1 (FRTU1),AMR FR UL threshold 2 (FRTU2),AMR FR UL threshold 3 (FRTU3),AMR HR DL threshold 1 (HRTD1),AMR HR DL threshold 2 (HRTD2),AMR HR DL threshold 3 (HRTD3),AMR HR UL threshold 1 (HRTU1),AMR HR UL threshold 2 (HRTU2),AMR HR UL threshold 3 (HRTU3), and AMR HR radio link timeout (AHRLT) have been added, and the syntax, parameter explanations, command example, and the execution printout have been updated accordingly. Parameters AMR FR threshold 1 (FRT1),AMR FR threshold 2 (FTR2),AMR FR threshold 3 (FTR3),AMR HR threshold 1 (HRT1),AMR HR threshold 2 (HRT2), and AMR HR threshold 3 (HRT3) have been removed. The value range of parameter AMR HR hysteresis 3 (HRH3) has been corrected. The description of parameters AMR FR hysteresis 1 (FRH1),AMR FR hysteresis 2 (FRH2), and AMR FR hysteresis 3 (FRH3),AMR HR hysteresis 1 (HRH1),AMR HR hysteresis 2 (HRH2), and AMR HR hysteresis 3 (HRH3) has been updated. EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS Execution printouts have been updated because of the new and removed parameters. Also the execution printout abbreviations section has been updated. New abbreviations BL-SY and WO-EX have been added to the printouts. Description of abbreviation BL-SWO has been updated, and abbreviations BL-CF,BL-CU, and BL-FU have been removed. The unit of measurement of parameters DL noise level (DLN) and UL noise level (ULN) has been updated in the execution printout.
14
Id:0900d8058080262b
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQ - BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION HANDLING IN BSC
EQ - BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION HANDLING IN BSC

The commands of this command group are used for handling the BTS parameters and SEG parameters when the segment usage <option> is ON in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database). Menu of the command group: BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION HANDLING IN BSC COMMANDS ? ..... DISPLAY MENU C: ..... CREATE BTS D: ..... DELETE BTS A: ..... MODIFY MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS B: ..... MODIFY BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS <option> E: ..... MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS F: ..... MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS G: ..... MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAMETERS H: ..... MODIFY QUEUEING PARAMETERS J: ..... MODIFY CCH CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS K: ..... MODIFY INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PARAMETERS M: ..... MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS T: ..... MODIFY TRUNK RESERVATION PARAMETERS <option> V: ..... MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option> N: ..... MODIFY GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS X: ..... MODIFY DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS <option> Y: ..... MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option> Q: ..... CHECK IUO INTERFERING CELLS <option> O: ..... OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS I: ..... OUTPUT BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MATRIX DATA <option> U: ..... CHANGE SEGMENT OF BTS <option> S: ..... CHANGE BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE Z; ..... RETURN TO MAIN LEVEL
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1b5
15
EQC CREATE BTS
EQC CREATE BTS

Function Parameters With this command you create a BTS into the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database). After the creation, the BTS is in LOCKED state. BCF identification, BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>, reference BTS identification, reference BTS name: cell identity, frequency band in use, cell number in BTS HW: network colour code, BTS colour code: mobile country code, mobile network code, location area code: BTS hopping mode, underlay BTS hopping mode <option>, hopping sequence number 1, hopping sequence number 2, underlay hopping sequence number <option>: GPRS enabled <option>, routing area code <option>, network service entity identifier <option>, transport type <option>, packet service entity identifier <option>;
Syntax EQC : [[ [ [ [ BCF = <BCF identification>, BTS = <BTS identification>, NAME = <BTS name> | <no name> def ] SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | <BTS identification> def ] SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> | <BTS name> def ] REF = <reference BTS identification> | RNAME= <reference BTS name> ]] : CI = <cell identity>, BAND = <frequency band in use> CHW = <cell number in BTS HW> : NCC BCC MCC MNC LAC [[ HOP [ UHOP HSN1 HSN2 UHSN [[ [ [[ [ [ GENA RAC NSEI TRAT PSEI = <network colour code>, = <BTS colour code> : = <mobile country code>, = <mobile network code>, = <location area code> : = = = = = = = = = = <BTS hopping mode> | N def ] <underlay BTS hopping mode> <option> | N def ] <hopping sequence number 1> | <hopping sequence number 2> | <underlay hopping sequence number> <option> ] ... : <GPRS enabled> | N def <option> ] <routing area code> | 255 def <option> ] <network service entity identifier> <option> ] | <transport type> | ANY def <option> ] | <packet service entity identifier> ]]] <option> ... ; BCF identification BCF = decimal number
Parameter explanations
16
Id:0900d8058080258d
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQC CREATE BTS
With this parameter you identify the BCF. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options. The parameter is obligatory. BTS identification BTS = decimal number With this parameter you identify the BTS to be created. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options. The parameter is obligatory. When the segment contains more than one BTS, the parameters which are not presented are initialised with a SEG-specific value. See table SEG-specific parameters in command C in section Additional information. BTS name NAME = text string With this parameter you name the BTS. The name must be unique in the BSC. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. The following ASCII characters are allowed: letters from A to Z and numerals from 0 to 9. The default is that the BTS does not have a name. SEG identification <option> SEG = decimal number With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range. If you give this parameter, the MML checks, according to the following table, whether the same SEG identification has been created earlier:
SEG identification does not exist: The segment is being created for the first time so all parameters are presented. See tables BTS-specific parameters in command C and SEG-specific parameters in command C in section Additional information. The segment has already been created earlier so now only BTS-specific parameters are presented. See table SEGspecific parameters in command C in section Additional information.
SEG identification exists:
When the segment contains more than one BTS, the parameters which are not presented are initialised with SEG-specific values. See table SEG-specific parameters in command C in section Additional information. The default is the same as the BTS identification number. SEG name <option> SEGNAME = text string With this parameter you name the segment. The name must be unique in the BSC. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. The following ASCII characters are allowed: letters from A to Z and numerals from 0 to 9.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258d
17
EQC CREATE BTS
If you give this parameter, the MML checks, according to the following table, whether the same segment name has been created earlier:
SEG name does not exist: The segment is being created for the first time so all parameters are presented. See tables BTS-specific parameters in command C and SEG-specific parameters in command C in section Additional information. The segment has already been created earlier so now only BTS-specific parameters are presented. See table SEG-specific parameters in command C in section Additional information.
SEG name exists:
When the segment contains more than one BTS, the parameters which are not presented are initialised with SEG-specific values. See table SEG-specific parameters in command C in section Additional information. The default is the same as the BTS name when you create a new segment. reference BTS identification REF = decimal number With this parameter you identify the reference BTS. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter RNAME. If a reference BTS is used, the system inquires the parameter values of that BTS from the BSDATA. During creation, the reference BTS parameter values are used for the required BTS parameters. The BCCH list relation is copied from the reference BTS. Trunk reservation decision threshold table relations are also copied from the reference BTS to the BTS traffic types. When the segment contains more than one BTS, the BCCH list relation and Trunk reservation decision threshold table relations are not copied from the reference BTS. When the segment contains more than one BTS, only BTS-specific parameters are copied to the BTS. When you create a new segment, BTS-specific and segment-specific parameters are copied to the BTS. For more information, see section Additional information. If a reference BTS is not used, the system uses the default values for the required BTS parameters during creation. For more information, see section Additional information. reference BTS name RNAME = text string With this parameter you give the name of the reference BTS. The BTS name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter REF. If a reference BTS is used, the system inquires the parameter values of that BTS from the BSDATA. During creation, the reference BTS parameter values are used for the required BTS parameters. The BCCH list relation is copied from the reference BTS. Trunk reservation decision threshold table relations are also copied from the reference BTS to the BTS traffic types. When the segment contains more than one BTS, the BCCH
18
Id:0900d8058080258d
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQC CREATE BTS
list relation and Trunk reservation decision threshold table relations are not copied from the reference BTS. When the segment contains more than one BTS, only BTS-specific parameters are copied to the BTS. When you create a new segment, BTS-specific and segment-specific parameters are copied to the BTS. For more information, see section Additional information. If a reference BTS is not used, the system uses the default values for the required BTS parameters during creation. For more information, see section Additional information. cell identity CI = decimal number With this parameter you identify the cell number. The values range from 0 to 65535. The parameter is obligatory when segment usage <option> is OFF or when you create a new segment. frequency band in use With this parameter you indicate the frequency band used in the BTS. The frequency bands are GSM 800 (800), GSM 900 (900), GSM 1800 (1800), and GSM 1900 (1900). The values are:
Parameter BAND = Value 800 900 1800 1900 Explanation ARFCN 128...251 ARFCN 1...124 and 975...1023, 0 ARFCN 512...885 ARFCN 512...810
The parameter is obligatory. Cell Number In BTS HW With this parameter you define the Cell Number, which is used in BTSplus, to associate the HW with the functional object BTS. BTSplus is the only site that uses this parameter. network colour code NCC = decimal number With this parameter you identify the network colour code number. The values range from 0 to 7. The parameter is obligatory when segment usage <option> is OFF or when you create a new segment. BTS colour code BCC = decimal number With this parameter you identify the BTS colour code number. The values range from 0 to 7. The parameter is obligatory when segment usage <option> is OFF or when you create a new segment. mobile country code MCC = decimal number
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258d
19
EQC CREATE BTS
With this parameter you identify the mobile country code number. The values range from 0 to 999. The parameter is obligatory when segment usage <option> is OFF or when you create a new segment. mobile network code MNC = decimal number With this parameter you identify the mobile network code number. The values range from 0 to 99. Optional values range from 0 to 999. The parameter is obligatory when segment usage <option> is OFF or when you create a new segment.
Because the value of the mobile network code parameters (MNC, MNC1...MNC10,
BMNC1...BMNC10, TMNC, and NEWMNC) in the entire GSM network is a binarycoded decimal number, the preceding zeros are significant. For example 1, 01, and 001 are different values. The use of a one-digit MNC is not allowed. location area code LAC = decimal number With this parameter you identify the location area code number. The values range from 1 to 65533. The parameter is obligatory when segment usage <option> is OFF or when you create a new segment. BTS hopping mode With this parameter you define the frequency hopping mode of the BTS. In the case of hopping intelligent underlay-overlay (IUO), you define the hopping mode of the overlay layer. The values are:
Parameter HOP = Value BB RF N Explanation Baseband hopping is used. Radio frequency hopping is used. Hopping is not used.
If you enter the value BB, you must also enter both parameters HSN1 and HSN2. If you enter the value RF, you must also enter the parameter HSN1. Note that radio frequency hopping is not possible in the 2nd generation base stations. If you enter the value N, parameters HSN1 and HSN2 are optional. BB hopping and RF hopping cannot be used in the BTS at the same time.
g InSite base stations (BTS) and PrimeSite base stations with the DF6.0 BTS
software package or newer do not support frequency hopping. underlay BTS hopping mode <option> With this parameter you define the frequency hopping mode of the underlay layer. The values are:
Parameter UHOP = Value BB RF Explanation Baseband hopping is used. Radio frequency hopping is used.
20
Id:0900d8058080258d
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQC CREATE BTS
Parameter
Value N
Explanation Hopping is not used.
If you enter the value BB or RF, you must also enter the parameter UHSN. If you enter the value N, parameter UHSN is optional. Radio frequency hopping is not supported in the 2nd generation base stations. BB hopping and RF hopping cannot be used in the BTS at the same time.
software package or newer do not support frequency hopping. hopping sequence number 1 With this parameter you define whether cyclic or random hopping is used in BB hopping group 1 and in RF hopping. Hopping sequence numbers are used in the frequency hopping sequence generation algorithm. In baseband hopping, HSN1 is used with hopping group 1. The time-slot 0 of each TRX, except the BCCH TRX, belongs to this group. In radio frequency hopping, HSN1 is used with all the time-slots of a hopping TRX. The BCCH TRX does not hop when RF hopping has been selected. The values are:
Parameter HSN1 = Value 0 1 - 63 Explanation Cyclic hopping is used. Random hopping is used.
hopping sequence number 2 With this parameter you define whether cyclic or random hopping is used in BB hopping group 2. Hopping sequence numbers are used in the frequency hopping sequence generation algorithm. In baseband hopping, HSN2 is used with the hopping group 2. The time-slots 1 - 7 of each TRX, including the BCCH TRX, belong to this group. In radio frequency hopping, HSN2 is not used. The values are:
Parameter HSN2 = Value 0 1 - 63 Explanation Cyclic hopping is used. Random hopping is used.
underlay hopping sequence number <option> With this parameter you define whether cyclic or random hopping is used in the underlay layer of the IUO cell. Hopping sequence numbers are used in the frequency hopping sequence generation algorithm. The values are:
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258d
21
EQC CREATE BTS
Parameter UHSN =
Value 0 1 - 63
Explanation Cyclic hopping is used. Random hopping is used.
GPRS enabled <option> With this parameter you enable or disable the GPRS capability in the cell.
Parameter GENA = Value Y N Explanation GPRS is enabled. GPRS is disabled.
routing area code <option> RAC = decimal number With this parameter you identify GPRS cells using the routing area code number. The values range from 0 to 255. network service entity identifier <option> NSEI = decimal number With this parameter you can manually select the network service entity identifier to which the BTS/SEG will be connected. If you give this parameter, the PCU selection algorithm is not used. The routing area must be created and the network service entity identifier must exist on the routing area the BTS/SEG is using. You can give this parameter only when the parameter GPRS enabled (GENA) is set to Y. If you give this parameter, you cannot give parameters TRAT or PSEI. transport type <option> With this parameter you can manually select the transport type of the network service entity identifier which the BTS/SEG will use. This parameter is used in the PCU selection algorithm. You can give this parameter only when the parameter GPRS enabled (GENA) is set to Y. The default is that no transport type is preferred in network service entity identifier selection. If you give this parameter, you cannot give parameters NSEI or PSEI.
Parameter TRAT= Value IP FR ANY Explanation NSEI which uses IP transport is selected. NSEI which uses FR transport is selected. No transport type is preferred in NSEI selection.
packet service entity identifier <option> PSEI = decimal number With this parameter you identify the PSE object in the BSC. You can give this parameter only when the parameter GPRS enabled (GENA) is set to Y.
22
Id:0900d8058080258d
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQC CREATE BTS
If you give this parameter, you cannot give parameters NSEI or TRAT. Examples 1. Create BTS-20 (CENTRUM1) into the BSDATA. A reference BTS-1 is used to obtain base values for other BTS parameters used in the creation. Baseband frequency hopping is used. ZEQC:BCF=2,BTS=20,NAME=CENTRUM1,REF=1:CI=33,BAND=900: NCC=3,BCC=4:MCC=111,MNC=02,LAC=3344:HOP=BB,UHOP=BB,HSN1=2,HS N2=3,UHSN=5; 2. Create BTS-20 (CENTRUM1) into the BSDATA. In the creation, default values are used for other BTS parameters. ZEQC:BCF=2,BTS=20,NAME=CENTRUM1:CI=33,BAND=900:NCC=3,BCC=4:M CC=111,MNC=02,LAC=3344:HOP=N; Additional information Base Station Identity Code (BSIC) = BCC + NCC. Location Area Identification (LAI) = MCC + MNC + LAC. If the warning BCC+NCC+BCCH TRX FREQUENCY NOT UNIQUE IN ADJACENCY DEFINITIONS is output, give the MML command EAT to find out adjacent cell pairs whose parameter combination BCC+NCC+BCCH TRX FREQUENCY is not unique anymore. The following figures illustrate baseband hopping and radio frequency hopping with regular or with both regular and super-reuse frequencies. Note that BB and RF hopping cannot be used in the BTS at the same time.
LAYER
TRX
RTSL RTSL RTSL RTSL RTSL RTSL RTSL RTSL 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 BCCH
TRX-1 overlay (regular frequencies)
TRX-2 HSN1 TRX-3
HSN2
Figure 1
Baseband hopping with 3 frequencies
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258d
23
EQC CREATE BTS
LAYER
TRX
RTSL RTSL RTSL RTSL RTSL RTSL RTSL RTSL 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 BCCH (bcch frequency not allowed to hop)
TRX-2 HSN1 TRX-3
Figure 2
Radio frequency hopping with 3 frequencies
LAYER
TRX
TRX-2 HSN1 TRX-3
HSN2
TRX-4 underlay (super-reuse frequencies)
TRX-5
UHSN
TRX-6
Figure 3 Baseband hopping for IUO-cell with 3 regular and 3 super-reuse frequencies when both layers have BB hopping on
24
Id:0900d8058080258d
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQC CREATE BTS
LAYER
TRX
TRX-2 HSN1 TRX-3
TRX-5
UHSN
TRX-6
Figure 4 Radio frequency hopping for IUO-cell with 3 regular and 3 super-reuse frequencies when both layers have RF hopping on
LAYER
TRX
TRX-2 HSN1 TRX-3
UHSN
Figure 5
Baseband hopping for child-cell with 3 super-reuse frequencies (for example TrxFrequencyType > 0)
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258d
25
EQC CREATE BTS
LAYER
TRX
TRX-2 UHSN TRX-3
Figure 6
Radio frequency hopping for child-cell with 3 super-reuse frequencies (for example TrxFrequencyType > 0)
If a reference BTS is not used, the system uses the default values for the required BTS and segment parameters during creation. The default values for cell access parameters are:
Name CELL BARRED CALL REESTABLISHMENT ALLOWED EMERGENCY CALL RESTRICTED Parameter BAR RE Default value N N More information SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter
EC
PLMN PERMITTED PLMN NOT ALLOWED ACCESS CLASSES ADJACENCY ON OTHER BAND ACC
NETWORK COLOUR CODE
DBC
Y for Dual Band cells. N for cells that do not belong to the frequency bands of the Dual Band. N N
DIRECTED RETRY USED INTELLIGENT DIRECTED RETRY USED CELL TYPE MIN TIME LIMIT DIRECTED RETRY MAX TIME LIMIT DIRECTED RETRY
DR IDR
SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter
CTY MIDR MADR
GSM 0 5
26
Id:0900d8058080258d
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQC CREATE BTS
Name DIRECTED RETRY METHOD
Parameter DRM
Default value 0
More information SEG-specific parameter
The default values for radio link control DL parameters are:

Name CELL RESELECT HYSTERESIS MS TXPWR MAX CCH MS TXPWR MAX CCH1x00 RXLEV ACCESS MIN RADIO LINK TIMEOUT POWER OFFSET GPRS RXLEV ACCESS MIN GPRS MS TXPWR MAX CCH GPRS MS TXPWR MAX CCH1x00 GPRS NON BCCH LAYER RXLEV UPPER LIMIT GPRS NON BCCH LAYER RXLEV LOWER LIMIT DIRECT GPRS ACCESS THRESHOLD RA RESELECT HYSTERESIS PRIORITY CLASS HCS THRESHOLD Parameter HYS TXP1 TXP2 RXP RLT PO GRXP GTXP1 GTXP2 GPU Default value 4 dB 33 dBm 30 dBm -105 dBm 20 SACCH blocks 0 dB -105 dBm 33 dBm 30 dBm -95 dBm More information SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter
GPL
-100 dBm
DIRE
RRH PRC HCS
4 dB 0 -
The default values for queuing parameters are:

Name MAX QUEUE LENGTH TIME LIMIT CALL Parameter MQL TLC Default value 50% 10 More information SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258d
27
EQC CREATE BTS
Name TIME LIMIT HANDOVER QUEUE PRIORITY USED QUEUEING PRIORITY CALL QUEUEING PRIORITY HANDOVER QUEUEING PRIORITY NONURGENT HANDOVER MS PRIORITY USED
Parameter TLH QPU QPC QPH
Default value 5 Y 10 9
More information SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter
QPN
MPU
SEG-specific parameter
The default values for CCH configuration parameters are:

Name NUMBER OF BLOCKS FOR ACCESS GRANT MSG NUMBER OF MULTIFRAMES TIMER FOR PERIODIC MS LOCATION UPDATING ALLOW IMSI ATTACH DETACH Parameter AG Default value 1 More information SEG-specific parameter
MFR PER
4 0.5 HOURS
SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter
ATT
The default values for interference averaging parameters are:

Name C/N THRESHOLD AVERAGING PERIOD BOUNDARY 0 BOUNDARY 1 BOUNDARY 2 BOUNDARY 3 Parameter CNT AP BO0 BO1 BO2 BO3 Default value 0 (NOT USED) 6 -110 dBm -105 dBm -100 dBm -095 dBm More information BTS-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter
28
Id:0900d8058080258d
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQC CREATE BTS
Name BOUNDARY 4 BOUNDARY 5
Parameter BO4 BO5
Default value -090 dBm -047 dBm
More information BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter
The default values for miscellaneous parameters are:

Name DTX MODE BTS MEASURE AVERAGE MS TX PWR MAX GSM MS TX PWR MAX GSM1X00 MS TXPWR MIN Parameter DTX BMA PMAX1 PMAX2 PMIN Default value 2 1 33 dBm 30 dBm 5 dBm in GSM 800 and GSM 900 / 0 dBm in GSM 1800 and GSM 1900 4 More information SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter
MAX NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSIO N MAX NUMBER OF REPETITION NUMBER OF SLOTS SPREAD TRANS SMS CB USED BTS LOAD THRESHOLD MS MAX DISTANCE IN CALL SET-UP TRX PRIORITY IN TCH ALLOCATION CELL LOAD FOR CHANNEL SEARCH RX DIVERSITY TCH RATE INTRACELL HANDOVER THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS
RET
SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter
NY1 SLO
5 10
CB BLT DMAX
N 70% 255 (NO REJECTION) 0 0%
TRP CLC
RDIV TRIH QSRI
N 0 never
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258d
29
EQC CREATE BTS
Name GPRS THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS FDD AND TDD CELL RESELECT OFFSET LOWER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES UPPER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES AMR LOWER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES AMR UPPER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES NEW ESTABLISHMENT CAUSES SUPPORT RADIUS EXTENSION SUPER RADIUS EXTENSION MULTIBAND CELL REPORTING EARLY SENDING INDICATION NON BCCH LAYER OFFSET BTS LOAD IN SEG SCALE ORD AMH UPPER LOAD THRESHOLD AMH LOWER LOAD THRESHOLD AMH MAX LOAD OF TARGET CELL TRHO GUARD TIME DL NOISE LEVEL
Parameter QSRP
Default value never
FDD
SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter
FRL
100%
FRU
0%
AFRL
100%
AFRU
0%
NECI
EXT SEXT MBR ESI NBL LSEG SCO AUT ALT
0 0 1 Y 0 dBm 70 0 N N
BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific paramete SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter
AML TGT DLN
N N -117 dBm
30
Id:0900d8058080258d
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQC CREATE BTS
Name UL NOISE LEVEL STIRC ENABLED EXTENDED BCCH ENABLED IMMEDIATE SDCCH HO ENABLED 2G TRX POWER DOWN THRESHOLD 2G TRX POWER UP THRESHOLD MERGED PGSM900 AND EGSM900 ENABLED CELL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDEX CELL BAR QUALIFY CELL RESELECT OFFSET TEMPORARY OFFSET PENALTY TIME MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD OFFSET MINIMUM RSCP THRESHOLD DFCA MODE FORCED HR MODE C/I AVERAGING PERIOD FORCED HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD
Parameter ULN STIRC EBENA ISIC
Default value -117 dBm N N 0
More information BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter
PWDT
PWUT MPE
4 N
PI
QUA REO TEO PET FDM FDMO
N 0 dB 0 dB 20 s -12 dB 0 dB
SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter
FDR DMOD FHR
-102 dB OFF 15
FHT
BTS-specific parameter
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258d
31
EQC CREATE BTS
Name FORCED AMR HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD FORCED HR MODE HYSTERESIS IBHO GSM ENABLED IBHO WCDMA ENABLED SDCCH MEASUREMENT REPORT SENDING INTERVAL MEASUREMENT REPORT SENDING FACH BUSY THRESHOLD RACH BUSY THRESHOLD REPEATED SACCH RX LEV THRESHOLD DL REPEATED SACCH RX LEV THRESHOLD UL REPEATED SACCH IN DL REPEATED SACCH IN UL ENABLE TEMPORARY OVERPOWER REPEATED FACCH IN DL REPEATED FACCH IN UL APPLY REPEATED FACCH CARRIER UNIT CONFIGURATION TX DIVERSITY TIME SHIFT GSM PRIORITY
Parameter FAHT
Default value 0
More information BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter
FHH
IGE IWE SMREPS
N N N
IMREPS
BTS -specific parameter
FACHBT RACHBT RSRDL
109 dBm 109 dBm 10
BTS -specific parameter BTS -specific parameter SEG -specific parameter SEG -specific parameter SEG -specific parameter SEG -specific parameter SEG -specific parameter SEG -specific parameter SEG -specific parameter SEG -specific parameter BTS -specific parameter BTS -specific parameter SEG -specific parameter
RSRUL
RSDL RSUL ETOP
DISABLED DISABLED DISABLED
RFDL RFUL ARF CUCONF TXDIV GPRIO
DISABLED DISABLED N HOMOGENEOUS DISABLED 7
32
Id:0900d8058080258d
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQC CREATE BTS
Name
Parameter
Default value 6 15
More information SEG -specific parameter SEG -specific parameter SEG -specific parameter SEG -specific parameter SEG -specific parameter
WCDMA PRIORITY WPRIO PRIORITY SEARCH THRESHOLD LOW PRIORITY THRESHOLD RESELECTION ALGORITHM HYSTERESIS TIME HYSTERESIS PSTHR
LPTHR HPRIO
15 0
TIMEH
The default values for trunk reservation parameters are:

Name TRUNK RESERVATION USED LIMIT FOR FREE TCHS TCHS RESERVED FOR PRIORITY SUBSCRIBERS RESTRICTED USE OF PRIORITY CHANNELS RESERVATION METHOD TRAFFIC TYPES TABLE IDENTIFICATION Parameter TR Default value N More information SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter
LIMIT TCRP
16 0
RUP
REM TT TBL
DYN -
TRAFFIC TYPE 1 (GSM CALL SETUP) 2 (MCN CALL SETUP) 3 (GSM HANDOVER) 4 (MCN HANDOVER) 5 (PRIORITY CALL SETUP) 6 (PRIORITY HANDOVER) 7 8 9 10
TABLE -
The default values for data service parameters are:
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258d
33
EQC CREATE BTS
Name HSCSD TCH CAPACITY MINIMUM HSCSD CELL LOAD UPPER LIMIT HSCSD CELL LOAD LOWER LIMIT HSCSD REGULAR CELL LOAD UPPER LIMIT HSCSD UPGRADE GUARD TIME HSCSD DOWNGRADE GUARD TIME HSCSD UPGRADE GAIN HSCSD MINIMUM EXHAUST
Parameter HTM
Default value 100%
More information SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter
HCU
100%
HCL
100%
HRCU
100%
HUT HDT
0 SECONDS 0 SECONDS
HUG HME
0% 1
The default values for GPRS parameters are:

Name GPRS ENABLED EGPRS ENABLED ROUTING AREA CODE DEDICATED GPRS CAPACITY DEFAULT GPRS CAPACITY MAX GPRS CAPACITY PREFER BCCH FREQUENCY GPRS DL ADAPTION PROBABILITY THRESHOLD UL ADAPTION PROBABILITY THRESHOLD Parameter GENA EGENA RAC CDED CDEF CMAX BFG Default value N N 255 0% 1% 100% 0 More information SEG-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter
DLA
20%
ULA
10%
34
Id:0900d8058080258d
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQC CREATE BTS
Name DL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION NO HOP UL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION NO HOP DL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION HOP UL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION HOP CODING SCHEME NO HOP CODING SCHEME HOP INITIAL MCS FOR ACKNOWLEDGED MODE INITIAL MCS FOR UNACKNOWLEDG ED MODE MAXIMUM BLER IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE MAXIMUM BLER IN UNACKNOWLEDG ED MODE MEAN BEP OFFSET GMSK MEAN BEP OFFSET 8PSK EGPRS LINK ADAPTATION ENABLED CODING SCHEMES CS3 AND CS4 ENABLED DL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE
Parameter DLB
Default value 90%
ULB
90%
DLBH
20%
ULBH
24%
COD CODH MCA
2 0 6
SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter
MCU
BLA
90
BLU
10
MBG MBP ELA
0 0 2
CS34
DCSA
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258d
35
EQC CREATE BTS
Name UL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE DL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDG ED MODE UL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDG ED MODE ADAPTIVE LA ALGORITHM EXTENDED CELL GPRS/EDGE ENABLED EXTENDED CELL LOCATION KEEP PERIOD DL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE DL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDG ED MODE UL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE UL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDG ED MODE INITIAL MCS FOR EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE INITIAL MCS FOR EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDG ED MODE NETWORK SERVICE ENTITY IDENTIFIER
Parameter UCSA
Default value 1
More information BTS-specific parameter
DCSU
UCSU
ALA EXGENA
Y N
BTS-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter
EXKEEP
15 s
DCSEA
DCSEU
UCSEA
UCSEU
MCEA
MCEU
NSEI
36
Id:0900d8058080258d
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQC CREATE BTS
Name TRANSPORT TYPE PACKET SERVICE ENTITY IDENTIFIER BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR CS1-CS4 BTS DL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR CS1-CS4 BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS4 BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS9 BTS DL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS9 EGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM WEEKDAYS EGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM START TIME EGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM END TIME DLDC ENABLED PCU UP TO DATE DTM ENABLED
Parameter TRAT PSEI
Default value ANY -
More information SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter
TFU
12
TFD
12
TFUM1
16
TFUM
30
TFDM
30
EAW
NONE
EAS
08-00
EAE
18-00
BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter
DCENA PUTD DENA
N Y N
The default values for AMR parameters are:

Name AMR RADIO LINK TIMEOUT Parameter ARLT Default value 20 SACCH blocks More information SEG-specific parameter
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258d
37
EQC CREATE BTS
Name AMR HR RADIO LINK TIMEOUT AMR FR CODEC MODE SET AMR HR CODEC MODE SET AMR-WB CODEC MODE SET AMR FR START MODE AMR FR INITIAL CODEC MODE INDICATOR (ICMI) AMR FR DL THRESHOLD 1 AMR FR DL THRESHOLD 2 AMR FR DL THRESHOLD 3 AMR FR UL THRESHOLD 1 AMR FR UL THRESHOLD 2 AMR FR UL THRESHOLD 3 AMR HR DL THRESHOLD 1 AMR HR DL THRESHOLD 2 AMR HR DL THRESHOLD 3 AMR HR UL THRESHOLD 1 AMR HR UL THRESHOLD 2 AMR HR UL THRESHOLD 3 AMR FR HYSTERESIS 1 AMR FR HYSTERESIS 2 AMR FR HYSTERESIS 3 AMR HR START MODE
Parameter AHRLT FRC HRC ACMS FRS FRI
Default value 20 SACCH blocks 12.2 7.40 5.90 4.75 kbit/s 7.40 5.90 4.75 kbit/s N 00 0 dB
More information SEG-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter
FRTD1 FRTD2 FRTD3 FRTU1 FRTU2 FRTU3 HRTD1 HRTD2 HRTD3 HRTU1 HRTD2 HRTD3 FRH1 FRH2 FRH3 HRS
4 dB 7 dB 11 dB 4 dB 7 dB 11 dB 11 dB 14 dB 0 dB 11 dB 14 dB 0 dB 2 (1 dB) 2 (1 dB) 2 (1 dB) 00
38
Id:0900d8058080258d
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQC CREATE BTS
Name AMR HR INITIAL CODEC MODE INDICATOR (ICMI) AMR HR HYSTERESIS 1 AMR HR HYSTERESIS 2 AMR HR HYSTERESIS 3 AMR-WB FR THRESHOLD 1 AMR-WB FR THRESHOLD 2 AMR-WB FR HYSTERESIS 1 AMR-WB FR HYSTERESIS 2
Parameter HRI
Default value 0 dB
More information BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter
HRH1 HRH2 HRH3 AFRT1 AFRT2 AFRH1 AFRH2
2 (1 dB) 2 (1 dB) 0 (0 dB) 4 dB 7 dB 2 dB 2 dB
The default values for BCCH frequency list usage parameters are:
Name IDENTIFICATION OF BCCH FREQUENCY LIST BCCH ALLOCATION USAGE FOR ACTIVE MS MEASUREMENT BCCH ALLOCATION LIST Parameter IDLE Default value 0 (ADJACENT CELL LIST USED) ADJ (ADJACENT CELL LIST USED) More information SEG-specific parameter SEG-specific parameter
ACT
MEAS
1 (YES)
The default values for frequency hopping parameters are:

Name MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST UNDERLAY MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST MAIO OFFSET UNDERLAY MAIO OFFSET MAIO STEP Parameter MAL Default value More information BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter
UMAL
MO UMO MS
0 0 1
BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258d
39
EQC CREATE BTS
Name UNDERLAY MAIO STEP DFCA MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST DFCA MA LIST OPERATION DFCA UNSYNCHRONIZE D MODE MA FREQUENCY LIST
Parameter UMS DMAL
Default value 1
More information BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter BTS-specific parameter
OPE DUMAL
The NECI and C2 cell reselection parameters (PI, QUA, REO, TEO, and PET) are not relevant in GSM phase 1.
Parameter BCF BTS NAME REF RNAME BAND HOP UHOP HSN1 HSN2 UHSN Name BCF identification BTS identification BTS name reference BTS identification reference BTS name frequency band in use BTS hopping mode underlay BTS hopping mode hopping sequence number 1 hopping sequence number 2 underlay hopping sequence number
Table 1
BTS-specific parameters in command C
Parameter SEG SEGNAME CI NCC BCC MCC MNC LAC GENA
Name SEG identification SEG name cell identity network colour code BTS colour code mobile country code mobile network code location area code GPRS enabled
Table 2
SEG-specific parameters in command C
40
Id:0900d8058080258d
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQC CREATE BTS
Parameter RAC NSEI PSEI TRAT
Name routing area code network service entity identifier packet service entity identifier transport type
Table 2
SEG-specific parameters in command C (Cont.)
When the first BTS of the segment is created, the system creates the GPC object. The parameters are SEG-specific. The following default values are used:
Name NCCR rxlev transfer mode window size NCCR rxlev idle mode window size NCCR number of zero results Parameter NRTW NRIW NNZR Default value 5 6 2 4 dB 6 kbit/s 6 kbit/s 10 kbit/s 10 kbit/s
NCCR other PCU cell offset NOPO QC GPRS DL RLC ack throughput threshold QC GPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold QC EGPRS DL RLC ack throughput threshold QC EGPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold QGDRT QGURT QEDRT QEURT
Execution printouts
The execution printout of the command ZEQC:BCF=20,BTS=1,SEGNAME=BIGCENTRUM020,NAME=CENTRUM1:CI=12,BAN D=900,CHW=0:NCC=2,BCC=4: MCC=111,MNC=22,LAC=34567:HOP=RF,UHOP=N,HSN1=3,HSN2=1:GENA=Y,PSE I=13; is:
BSC
BSC-LAB
2009-06-10
13:54:32
BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS : =============================== SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM020 BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1 ---------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR BTS BACKGROUND DATA STATE .. NOT DEFINED CELL IDENTITY............................ (CI)..... 00033
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258d
41
EQC CREATE BTS
FREQUENCY BAND IN USE....................(BAND)... 900 BS IDENTITY CODE.........................(BSIC) NETWORK COLOUR CODE...................(NCC).... 2 BACKGROUND NETWORK COLOUR CODE........(BNCC)... BTS COLOUR CODE.......................(BCC).... 4 BACKGROUND BTS COLOUR CODE............(BBCC)... LOCATION AREA ID.........................(LAI) MOBILE COUNTRY CODE...................(MCC).... 111 MOBILE NETWORK CODE...................(MNC).... 22 LOCATION AREA CODE....................(LAC).... 34567 BTS HOPPING MODE.........................(HOP).... BACKGROUND BTS HOPPING MODE..............(BHOP)... UNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE................(UHOP)... BACKGROUND UNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE.....(BUHOP).. MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST......(MAL).... BACKGROUND MOBILE ALLOC FREQ LIST.....(BMAL)... UNDERLAY MOBILE ALLOC FREQ LIST.......(UMAL)... BG UNDERLAY MOBILE ALLOC FREQ LIST....(BUMAL).. DFCA MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQ LIST (S)..(DMAL)... RF N -
CS: PS: DFCA UNSYNCHRONIZED MODE MA FREQ LIST.(DUMAL).. HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1.............(HSN1)... BACKGROUND HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1..(BHSN1).. HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2.............(HSN2)... BACKGROUND HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2..(BHSN2).. UNDERLAY HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER......(UHSN)... BG UNDERLAY HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER...(BUHSN).. GPRS ENABLED.............................(GENA)... PACKET SERVICE ENTITY IDENTIFIER......(PSEI)... SERVING PCU BCSU INDEX.................................... PCU INDEX..................................... PCU ID........................................ PCU OBJECT STATE.............................. NETWORK SERVICE ENTITY IDENTIFIER......(NSEI).. BSSGP VIRTUAL CONNECTION IDENTIFIER...(BVCI)... 3 1 0 Y 13
0 3 2 WORKING 00032 00033 00034 10001
ROUTING AREA CODE........................(RAC).... 255 BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED
42
Id:0900d8058080258d
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQC CREATE BTS
Semantic error messages Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session. If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258d
43
EQD DELETE BTS
EQD DELETE BTS

Function Parameters Syntax EQD : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> ) : [ <delete incoming adjacent cells> | N def ] ; Parameter explanations BTS identification BTS = decimal number With this parameter you identify the number of the BTS to be deleted. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter NAME. BTS name NAME = text string With this parameter you identify the name of the BTS to be deleted. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter BTS. delete incoming adjacent cells With this parameter you indicate whether the adjacent cells are deleted. The values are: Y N Adjacent cells are deleted. Adjacent cells are not deleted. With this command you delete a BTS from the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database). The BTS has to be in the LOCKED state before you can delete it. BTS identification, BTS name: delete incoming adjacent cells;
The default value is N. If the segment contains more than one BTS, this parameter is not in use. Examples 1. Delete BTS-20 from the BSDATA. ZEQD:BTS=20; 2. Delete BTS HIGHWAY1 from the BSDATA. ZEQD:NAME=HIGHWAY1; Additional information Execution printouts Before the command is executed, the system asks for confirmation: CONFIRM COMMAND EXECUTION: Y/N ? The execution printout of command example 1 is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 DELETED FROM BSC DATABASE 13:54:32
BTS-0020 CENTRUM1
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
44
Id:0900d8058061d1bb
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQD DELETE BTS
COMMAND EXECUTED Semantic error messages Execution error messages If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session. If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1bb
45
EQA MODIFY MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS

Function Parameters With this command you define the mobile allocation usage of the BTS. BTS identification, BTS name: mobile allocation frequency list, underlay mobile allocation frequency list <option>, MAIO offset, underlay MAIO offset <option>, MAIO step <option>, underlay MAIO step <option>, DFCA mobile allocation lists <option>, DFCA operation type <option>, DFCA unsynchronized mode MA list <option>;
Syntax EQA : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> : ( MAL UMAL MO UMO MS UMS DMAL OPE DUMAL = = = = = = = = = <mobile allocation frequency list> | <underlay mobile allocation frequency list> <option> | <MAIO offset> | <underlay MAIO offset> <option> | <MAIO step> <option> | <underlay MAIO step> <option> | <DFCA mobile allocation frequency lists> <option> | <DFCA operation type> <option> | <DFCA unsynchronized mode MA frequency list> <option> ) ... ; BTS identification BTS = decimal number With this parameter you identify the BTS with its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and && when attaching or detaching the same DFCA mobile allocation frequency list to several BTSs. The value ALL attaches or detaches the same DFCA mobile allocation frequency list to or from all DFCA BTSs. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter NAME. BTS name NAME = text string With this parameter you identify the BTS with its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character & when you attach or detach the same DFCA mobile allocation frequency list to several BTSs. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter BTS. mobile allocation frequency list MAL = decimal number With this parameter you define the mobile allocation frequency list to which the BTS will be attached.
46
Id:0900d8058061d1be
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
The values range from 0 to 3000. Use value 0 to detach the BTS from the mobile allocation frequency list. You can modify this parameter only when the BTS is LOCKED or the overlay hopping mode is not RF hopping. underlay mobile allocation frequency list <option> UMAL = decimal number With this parameter you define the mobile allocation frequency list to which the BTS's underlay layer will be attached. The values range from 0 to 3000. Use value 0 to detach the BTS's underlay layer from a mobile allocation frequency list. You can modify this parameter only when the BTS is LOCKED or the underlay hopping mode is not RF hopping. MAIO offset MO = decimal number With this parameter you set the lowest MAIO (Mobile Allocation Index Offset) value per sector. The values range from 0 to 62. You can modify this parameter only when the BTS is LOCKED, underlay TRXs are LOCKED, or the overlay hopping mode is not RF hopping. underlay MAIO offset <option> UMO = decimal number With this parameter you set the lowest MAIO value of the underlay layer per sector. The values range from 0 to 62. You can modify this parameter only when the BTS is LOCKED, overlay TRXs are LOCKED, or the underlay hopping mode is not RF hopping. MAIO step <option> MS = decimal number With this parameter you choose the MAIOs not to be allocated successively for the cell, but for instance every second or every third value. The values range from 1 to 62. You can modify this parameter only when the BTS is LOCKED, underlay TRXs are LOCKED, or the overlay hopping mode is not RF hopping. underlay MAIO step <option> UMS = decimal number With this parameter you choose the MAIOs of the underlay layer not to be allocated successively for the cell, but for instance every second or every third value. The values range from 1 to 62. You can modify this parameter only when the BTS is LOCKED, overlay TRXs are LOCKED, or the underlay hopping mode is not RF hopping. DFCA mobile allocation frequency lists <option> DMAL = decimal number With this parameter you define the DFCA mobile allocation frequency lists that will be attached to the BTS.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1be
47
The values range from 1 to 32. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and &&. If more than one BTS identification or name has been given, grouping characters cannot be used. DFCA MA list operation <option> With this parameter you add or remove valid DFCA mobile allocation frequency list(s) to/from the BTS.
Parameter OPE = Value A Explanation Add DFCA mobile allocation frequency list(s) to the BTS. Remove DFCA mobile allocation frequency list(s) from the BTS.
If you give this parameter, you must also give the DMAL parameter. DFCA unsynchronized mode MA frequency list <option> DUMAL = decimal number With this parameter you define the DFCA unsynchronised mode MA list. The MA list is to be used in the DFCA TRXs if a BTS in 'DFCA hopping' mode loses synchronisation or BSC-BSC connection. This is a reference to any existing normal (non-DFCA) MA list defined in the BSC. The values range from 0 to 3000. Use value 0 to detach the BTS from the DFCA unsynchronised mode MA frequency list. Examples 1. Attach BTS-8 to mobile allocation frequency list 3 and set MAIO offset to 2. ZEQA:BTS=8:MAL=3,MO=2; 2. Detach BTS CENTRUM1 from the mobile allocation frequency list. ZEQA:NAME=CENTRUM1:MAL=0; Additional information (trx-1) * ms + mo < fma where TRX= ms= mo= fma= Execution printouts the number of underlay/overlay unlocked hopping TRXs in the cell underlay/overlay MAIO step underlay/overlay MAIO offset the number of frequencies in the associated underlay/overlay mobile allocation frequency list
The execution printout of the command ZEQA:BTS=16:MAL=10,MO=3; is:
DX 200
DX220-LAB
2007-11-29
01:58:00
48
Id:0900d8058061d1be
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETER MODIFY COMPLETED: ================================================================== SEG-0002 BIGCENTRUM002 BCF-0002 BTS-0016 CENTRUM16 ----------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST...........(MAL).... UNDERLAY MA FREQUENCY LIST.................(UMAL)... DFCA MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST (S)..(DMAL)... DFCA UNSYNCHRONIZED MODE MA FREQ LIST......(DUMAL).. MAIO OFFSET................................(MO)..... UNDERLAY MAIO OFFSET.......................(UMO).... MAIO STEP..................................(MS)..... UNDERLAY MAIO STEP.........................(UMS).... BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED The execution printout of the command ZEQA:BTS=50:MAL=0; is: DX 200 DX220-LAB 2007-11-29 01:58:00 10 CS: PS: 3 0 1 1
MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETER MODIFY COMPLETED: ================================================================== SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1 BCF-0001 BTS-0050 CENTRUM50 ----------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST...........(MAL).... UNDERLAY MA FREQUENCY LIST.................(UMAL)... DFCA MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST (S)..(DMAL)... DFCA UNSYNCHRONIZED MODE MA FREQ LIST......(DUMAL).. MAIO OFFSET................................(MO)..... UNDERLAY MAIO OFFSET.......................(UMO).... MAIO STEP..................................(MS)..... UNDERLAY MAIO STEP.........................(UMS).... BSC DATABASE UPDATED CS: PS: 3 0 1 1
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1be
49
COMMAND EXECUTED Semantic error messages Execution error messages If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session. If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
50
Id:0900d8058061d1be
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQB MODIFY BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS <option>

Function Parameters With this command you define the BCCH allocation usage of the BTS or SEG. The command is optional. BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: identification of BCCH frequency list, BCCH allocation usage for active MS, measurement BCCH Allocation list;
Syntax EQB : ( BTS = <BTS identification> ... | NAME = <BTS name> ... | SEG = <SEG identification> ... <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> ... <option> ) : ( IDLE = <identification of BCCH frequency list> | ACT = <BCCH allocation usage for active MS> MEAS = <measurement BCCH Allocation list> ) ... ; <option> Parameter explanations BTS identification BTS = decimal number With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME. You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and && when you attach the same BCCH frequency list identification to several BTSs. BTS name NAME = text string With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME. You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character & when you attach the same BCCH frequency list identification to several BTSs. SEG identification <option> SEG = decimal number With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1c1
51
You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and && when you attach the same BCCH frequency list identification to several segments. SEG name <option> SEGNAME = text string With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG. You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character & when you attach the same BCCH frequency list identification to several segments. identification of BCCH frequency list IDLE = decimal number With this parameter you define the BCCH frequency list used by idle MSS. This list is used for cell reselection and is sent on the BCCH. The values range from 0 to 3000. If the value is 0, the BCCH frequency list used is that of the adjacent cells defined for the BTS. Do not connect the BTS to a BCCH frequency list which has no frequencies defined, because then the MS is not able to make handovers to other cells. BCCH allocation usage for active MS With this parameter you define the BCCH frequency list used by active MSS. This list is used for handovers and is sent on the SACCH. The values are:
Parameter ACT = Value ADJ Explanation If the value is ADJ, the BCCH frequency list used is that of the adjacent cells defined for the BTS. Normally, the BTS operates this way. If the value is IDLE, the active MSS use the same BCCH frequency list as the idle MSS. The BCCH frequency list is defined by the BTS. If the value of the parameter IDLE is 0, the active MSS use the BCCH frequency list of the adjcent cells.
IDLE
52
Id:0900d8058061d1c1
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
measurement BCCH Allocation list With this parameter you define whether or not Measurement BCCH Allocation List is used during measurements when necessary. The values are:
Parameter MEAS = Value Y N Explanation Measurement BCCH Allocation List is used. Measurement BCCH Allocation List is not used.
Examples
1. Attach BCCH frequency list 5 to BTS-2. The BCCH allocation for idle MSS is formed according to frequency list 5. The BCCH allocation for active MSS is formed according to the frequencies of the adjacent cells defined for the BTS. ZEQB:BTS=2:IDLE=5; 2. Set both BCCH allocations to be formed according to the frequencies of the adjacent cells defined for the BTS CENTRUM1. ZEQB:NAME=CENTRUM1:IDLE=0; 3. Attach BCCH frequency list 6 to BTS-3. The BCCH allocation for idle MSS is formed according to frequency list 6. Also, tell the active MSS to measure the frequencies in that list. The BCCH allocation for active MSS is formed according to the same frequency list as for idle MSS. Now, the active MSS may acquire some extra BCCH frequencies into their measurement routine, but nevertheless no handovers can be made towards those extra cells. ZEQB:BTS=3:IDLE=6,ACT=IDLE;
Execution printouts
The execution printout of the command ZEQB:BTS=7:IDLE=10; is:
BSC
BSC-LAB
2007-11-29
13:54:32
BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED: ====================================================== SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1 BCF-0001 BTS-0007 CENTRUM7 ---------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO D. OF BCCH FREQUENCY LIST........(IDLE)... BCCH ALLOC. USAGE FOR ACTIVE MS...(ACT).... MEASUREMENT BCCH ALLOCATION LIST..(MEAS)... BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED The execution printout of the command 10 ADJ (ADJACENT CELL LIST USED) Y
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1c1
53
ZEQB:SEG=1:IDLE=8; is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
SEGMENT BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED: ============================================================== SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1 ---------------------ID. OF BCCH FREQUENCY LIST........(IDLE)... BCCH ALLOC. USAGE FOR ACTIVE MS...(ACT).... MEASUREMENT BCCH ALLOCATION LIST..(MEAS)... BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED Semantic error messages Execution error messages If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session. If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System. 8 ADJ (ADJACENT CELL LIST USED) Y
54
Id:0900d8058061d1c1
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS

Function With this command you modify the BTS or SEG identification parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database). When you modify the parameters, the BTS or the SEG has to be in the LOCKED state. See tables BTS-specific parameters in command E and SEG-specific parameters in command E in section Additional information. Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: new BTS name, new SEG name <option>, cell identity, network colour code, BTS colour code, mobile country code, mobile network code, location area code, BTS hopping mode, underlay BTS hopping mode <option>, hopping sequence number 1, hopping sequence number 2, underlay hopping sequence number <option>, antenna hopping <option>; EQE : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> | SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) : ( NEWNAME = <new BTS name> | NEWSEGNAME = <new SEG name> <option> | CI = <cell identity> | NCC = <network colour code> | BCC = <BTS colour code> | MCC = <mobile country code> | MNC = <mobile network code> | LAC = <location area code> | HOP = <BTS hopping mode> | UHOP = <underlay BTS hopping mode> <option> | HSN1 = <hopping sequence number 1> | HSN2 = <hopping sequence number 2> | UHSN = <underlay hopping sequence number> <option> | AHOP = <antenna hopping> <option> ) ... ; Parameter explanations BTS identification BTS = decimal number With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command E in section Additional information. BTS name NAME = text string
Syntax
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058078e036
55
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command E in section Additional information. SEG identification <option> SEG = decimal number With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command E in section Additional information. SEG name <option> SEGNAME = text string With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command E in section Additional information. new BTS name NEWNAME = text string With this parameter you define the new name of the BTS. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters and it must be unique in the BSC. The following ASCII characters are allowed: letters from A to Z and numerals from 0 to 9. You can remove the name by giving the character '-'. See Example 4. new SEG name <option> NEWSEGNAME = text string With this parameter you define the new name of the segment. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters and it must be unique in the BSC. The following ASCII characters are allowed: letters from A to Z and numerals from 0 to 9. You can remove the name by giving the character '-'. cell identity CI = decimal number With this parameter you identify the cell number. The values range from 0 to 65535. You must also update the incoming adjacency definitions with the commands of the EA command group. For more information, see section 'Modifying the location area (LA) or the cell identity (CI) of a BTS' in Radio Network Administration. network colour code NCC = decimal number
56
Id:0900d8058078e036
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
With this parameter you define the number of the network colour code. The values range from 0 to 7. When you modify this parameter, the corresponding parameter of the adjacent cells is automatically modified. BTS colour code BCC = decimal number With this parameter you define the number of the BTS colour code. The values range from 0 to 7. When you modify this parameter, the corresponding parameter of the adjacent cells is automatically modified. mobile country code MCC = decimal number With this parameter you define the number of the mobile country code. The values range from 0 to 999.
You can modify this parameter only when GPRS has been disabled in the BTS (the
value of the parameter GPRS enabled is N). mobile network code MNC = decimal number With this parameter you define the number of the mobile network code. The values range from 0 to 99. Optional values range from 0 to 999.
value of the parameter GPRS enabled is N).
BMNC1...BMNC10, TMNC, and NEWMNC) in the entire GSM network is a binarycoded decimal number, the preceding zeros are significant. For example 1, 01, and 001 are different values. The use of a one-digit MNC is not allowed. location area code LAC = decimal number With this parameter you define the location area code. The values range from 1 to 65533.
value of the parameter GPRS enabled is N). You must also update the incoming adjacency definitions with the commands of the EA command group. For more information, see section 'Modifying the location area (LA) or the cell identity (CI) of a BTS' in Radio Network Administration. BTS hopping mode With this parameter you define the frequency hopping mode of the BTS. When you modify the parameter, the BTS must be in a LOCKED state. Radio frequency hopping is not possible in the 2nd generation base stations.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058078e036
57
software package or newer do not support frequency hopping. BB and RF hopping cannot be used in the BTS at the same time. When the BTS site type is Talk-family and the hopping mode is changed from BB to RF or vice versa, sector by sector without a BCF reset, all the sectors must first be changed to non-hopping. The values are:
Parameter HOP = Value BB RF N Explanation Baseband hopping is used. Radio frequency hopping is used. Hopping is not used.
underlay BTS hopping mode <option> With this parameter you define the frequency hopping mode of the underlay layer. When you modify the parameter, the BTS must be in a LOCKED state. Radio frequency hopping is not possible in the 2nd generation base stations.
software package or newer do not support frequency hopping. BB and RF hopping cannot be used in the BTS at the same time. When the BTS site type is Talk-family and the hopping mode is changed from BB to RF or vice versa, sector by sector without a BCF reset, all the sectors must first be changed to non-hopping. The values are:
Parameter UHOP = Value BB RF N Explanation Baseband hopping is used. Radio frequency hopping is used. Hopping is not used.
hopping sequence number 1 With this parameter you define the hopping sequence number 1 used in the frequency hopping sequence generation algorithm. In baseband hopping, this parameter is used with hopping group 1. The time-slot 0 of each TRX, except the BCCH TRX, belongs to this group. In radio frequency hopping, this parameter is used with all the time-slots of a hopping TRX. The BCCH TRX does not hop when RF hopping has been selected. The values are:
Parameter HSN1 = Value 0 1...63 Explanation Cyclic hopping is used. Random hopping is used.
58
Id:0900d8058078e036
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
hopping sequence number 2 With this parameter you define the hopping sequence number 2 used in the frequency hopping sequence generation algorithm. In baseband hopping, this parameter is used with hopping group 2. The time-slots 1 - 7 of each TRX, including the BCCH TRX, belong to this group. In radio frequency hopping, this parameter is not used. The values are:
Parameter HSN2 = Value 0 1...63 Explanation Cyclic hopping is used. Random hopping is used.
underlay hopping sequence number <option> With this parameter you define the hopping sequence number of the underlay layer. Hopping sequence numbers are used in the frequency hopping sequence generation algorithm. The values are:
Parameter UHSN = Value 0 1...63 Explanation Cyclic hopping is used. Random hopping is used.
antenna hopping <option> With this parameter you define whether or not antenna hopping is used in the BTS. The values are:
Parameter AHOP = Value Y N Explanation Antenna hopping is used. Antenna hopping is not used.
g Only UltraSite EDGE, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus, and Flexi Multiradio hardware and
EDGE transceivers (TRX) support antenna hopping. Examples 1. Modify the BTS identification parameters of BTS-20. ZEQE:BTS=20:MCC=111,MNC=02,LAC=3344,HOP=RF,HSN1=2; 2. Modify the parameter HOP of BTS-20. ZEQE:BTS=20:HOP=N; 3. Change the name of the BTS HIGHWAY24 to CENTRUM1. ZEQE:NAME=HIGHWAY24:NEWNAME=CENTRUM1; 4. Remove the name of BTS-20. ZEQE:BTS=20:NEWNAME=-;
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058078e036
59
Additional information
Base Station Identity Code (BSIC) = NCC + BCC. Location Area Id (LAI) = MCC + MNC + LAC. If the warning BCC+NCC+BCCH TRX FREQUENCY NOT UNIQUE IN ADJACENCY DEFINITIONS is output, use the EAT command to find out the adjacent cell pairs whose parameter combination of BCC+NCC+BCCH TRX FREQUENCY is not unique anymore. The following figures illustrate baseband hopping and radio frequency hopping with regular or with both regular and super-reuse frequencies.
g Baseband (BB) and radio frequency (RF) hopping cannot be used in the base transceiver station (BTS) at the same time.
LAYER
TRX
TRX-2 HSN1 TRX-3
HSN2
Figure 7
Baseband hopping with 3 frequencies
LAYER
TRX
TRX-2 HSN1 TRX-3
Figure 8
Radio frequency hopping with 3 frequencies
60
Id:0900d8058078e036
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
LAYER
TRX
TRX-2 HSN1 TRX-3
HSN2
TRX-5
UHSN
TRX-6
Figure 9 Baseband hopping for IUO-cell with 3 regular and 3 super-reuse frequencies in case both layers have BB hopping on
LAYER
TRX
TRX-2 HSN1 TRX-3
TRX-5
UHSN
TRX-6
Figure 10 Radio frequency hopping for IUO-cell with 3 regular and 3 super-reuse frequencies in case both layers have RF hopping on
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058078e036
61
LAYER
TRX
TRX-2 HSN1 TRX-3
UHSN
Figure 11
Baseband hopping for child-cell with 3 super-reuse frequencies (that is, TrxFrequencyType > 0)
LAYER
TRX
TRX-2 UHSN TRX-3
Figure 12
Radio frequency hopping for child-cell with 3 super-reuse frequencies (that is, TrxFrequencyType > 0)
Name new BTS name frequency band in use BTS hopping mode underlay BTS hopping mode mobile allocation frequency list underlay mobile allocation frequency list hopping sequence number 1 hopping sequence number 2 underlay hopping sequence number antenna hopping
Parameter NEWNAME BAND HOP UHOP MAL UMAL HSN1 HSN2 UHSN AHOP
Table 3
BTS-specific parameters in command E
62
Id:0900d8058078e036
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Parameter NEWSEGNAME CI NCC BCC MCC MNC LAC
Name new SEG name cell identity network colour code BTS colour code mobile country code mobile network code location area code
Table 4 Execution printouts
SEG-specific parameters in command E
The execution printout of the command ZEQE:BTS=1:HOP=BB,HSN1=3; is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED: =============================================== SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20 BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1 ---------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR CELL IDENTITY.............................(CI)..... 00012 FREQUENCY BAND IN USE.....................(BAND)... 900 CELL NUMBER IN BTS HW.....................(CHW).....0 BS IDENTITY CODE..........................(BSIC) NETWORK COLOUR CODE....................(NCC).... 2 BTS COLOUR CODE........................(BCC).... 4 LOCATION AREA ID..........................(LAI) MOBILE COUNTRY CODE....................(MCC).... 111 MOBILE NETWORK CODE....................(MNC).... 22 LOCATION AREA CODE.....................(LAC).... 34567 BTS HOPPING MODE..........................(HOP).... BB UNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE.................(UHOP)... N ANTENNA HOPPING...........................(AHOP)... N MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST.......(MAL).... UNDERLAY MOBILE ALLOC FREQ LIST........(UMAL)... -
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058078e036
63
DFCA MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LISTS.(DMAL)... CS: PS: DFCA UNSYNCHRONIZED MODE MA FREQ LIST..(DUMAL).. HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1..............(HSN1)... 3 HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2..............(HSN2)... 4 UNDERLAY HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER.......(UHSN)... 0 BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED The execution printout of the command ZEQE:SEG=1:NCC=3; is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-19
13:54:32
SEG IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED: =============================================== SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1 ---------------------CELL IDENTITY.............................(CI)..... 00012 BS IDENTITY CODE..........................(BSIC) NETWORK COLOUR CODE....................(NCC).... 3 BTS COLOUR CODE........................(BCC).... 4 LOCATION AREA ID..........................(LAI) MOBILE COUNTRY CODE....................(MCC).... 111 MOBILE NETWORK CODE....................(MNC).... 22 LOCATION AREA CODE.....................(LAC).... 34567 BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED Semantic error messages Execution error messages If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session. If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
64
Id:0900d8058078e036
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQF MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS

Function Parameters With this command you modify cell access parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database). BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: cell barred, call re-establishment allowed, emergency call restricted, PLMN permitted, not allowed access classes, adjacency on other band <option>, directed retry used <option>, intelligent directed retry used <option>, cell type <option>, min time limit directed retry <option>, max time limit directed retry <option>, directed retry method <option>; EQF : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> | SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) : ( BAR RE EC PLMN ACC DBC DR IDR CTY MIDR MADR DRM Parameter explanations BTS identification BTS = decimal number With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME. You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME. BTS name NAME = text string With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME. You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME. SEG identification <option> SEG = decimal number = = = = = = = = = = = = <cell barred> | <call re-establishment allowed> | <emergency call restricted> | <PLMN permitted> ... | <not allowed access classes> ... | <adjacency on other band> <option> | <directed retry used> <option> | <intelligent directed retry used> <option> | <cell type> <option> | <min time limit directed retry> <option> | <max time limit directed retry> <option> | <directed retry method> <option> ) ... ;
Syntax
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1c7
65
With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME. You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS. SEG name <option> SEGNAME = text string With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG. You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS. cell barred With this parameter you define whether MSS are allowed to access the cell. The values are:
Parameter BAR = Value Y N Explanation Cell is barred (MSS are not allowed to access the cell). Cell is not barred (MSS are allowed to access the cell).
call re-establishment allowed With this parameter you define whether call re-establishment is allowed. The values are:
Parameter RE = Value Y N Explanation Re-establishment is allowed. Re-establishment is not allowed.
emergency call restricted With this parameter you define whether an emergency call is restricted or allowed from all MSS. The values are:
Parameter EC = Value Y Explanation Emergency call in the cell is allowed only from the MSS that belong to one of the MS access classes from 11 to 15. Emergency call in the cell is allowed from all MSS.
PLMN permitted PLMN = decimal number
66
Id:0900d8058061d1c7
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
With this parameter you define to which PLMNs the MS is permitted to report measurement results. The values relate to the NCC part of the BSICs. The values range from 0 to 7. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and &&. The old values are overwritten. To clear the parameter, enter the parameter name only (without a parameter value). not allowed access classes ACC = decimal number With this parameter you define the MS access classes that are not allowed to access a cell. The values range from 0 to 9 and from 11 to 15. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and &&. The old values are overwritten. To clear the parameter, enter the parameter name only (without a parameter value). adjacency on other band <option> With this parameter you define whether adjacent cells with a BCCH allocated from a different frequency band than the serving cell BCCH are taken into account in handovers and in idle mode cell selection or reselection. The values are:
Parameter DBC = Value Y Explanation Adjacent cells on another band are taken into account in handovers and in idle mode cell selection/reselection. Adjacent cells on another band are not taken into account in handovers or in idle mode cell selection/reselection.
If you deactivate the dual-band network operation in the PRFILE when this parameter is in use, a warning text is printed out. directed retry used <option> With this parameter you define if the directed retry is in use in the cell. The values are:
Parameter DR = Value Y N Explanation Directed retry is in use. Directed retry is not in use.
If you deactivate the directed retry in the PRFILE when this parameter is in use, a warning text is printed out. intelligent directed retry used <option> With this parameter you define if the intelligent directed retry is in use in the cell. The values are:
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1c7
67
Parameter IDR =
Value Y N
Explanation Intelligent directed retry is in use. Intelligent directed retry is not in use.
If you deactivate the intelligent directed retry in the PRFILE when this parameter is in use, a warning text is printed out. cell type <option> With this parameter you indicate the type of the cell. This parameter affects the intelligent directed retry. The values are:
Parameter CTY = Value GSM MCN Explanation GSM cell Microcellular network cell
When you modify this parameter, the corresponding parameter of the adjacent cells is automatically modified. min time limit directed retry <option> MIDR = decimal number With this parameter you define the period starting from the assignment request during which the target cell evaluation for the directed retry handover is not allowed. The BSC starts the target cell evaluation procedure after this time supervision has expired. The values range from 0 to 14 seconds. The parameter value has to be lower than the value of parameter MADR. max time limit directed retry <option> MADR = decimal number With this parameter you define the maximum time period starting from the assignment request during which the target cell evaluation for the directed retry handover is allowed. The values range from 1 to 15 seconds. The parameter value has to be greater than the value of parameter MIDR and smaller than the value of the timer T10. directed retry method <option> DRM = decimal number With this parameter you define which method is used in directed retry procedure when candidate cells are evaluated. This parameter is also used to switch off directed retry method improvements. The values are:
Parameter DRM = Value 0 Explanation basic directed retry method
68
Id:0900d8058061d1c7
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Parameter
Value 1
Explanation threshold evaluation method
Examples
1. Modify the cell access parameters of BTS-20. Call re-establishment is allowed, and the access classes that are not allowed are 3 - 7, 11, 12, and 15. The old values are overwritten. ZEQF:BTS=20:RE=N,ACC=3&&7&11&12&15; 2. Modify the cell access parameters of BTS-20. The cell is barred, an emergency call is allowed to all MSS, and the allowed PLMNs for which the MS is permitted to report measurement results are 1, 4, 5, and 6. Clear the access classes that are not allowed. ZEQF:BTS=20:BAR=Y,EC=N,PLMN=1&4&&6,ACC=; 3. Modify the cell access parameters of BTS CENTRUM1. The cell is barred, an emergency call is allowed to all MSS, and the allowed PLMNs for which the MS is permitted to report measurement results are 1, 4, 5, and 6. Clear the access classes that are not allowed and allow handovers and cell selection with adjacency on another band. ZEQF:NAME=CENTRUM1:BAR=Y,EC=N,PLMN=1&4&&6,ACC=,DBC=Y;
Execution printouts
The execution printout of the command ZEQF:BTS=20:BAR=Y,RE=N,IDR=Y; is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-19 13:54:32
CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED: ======================================== SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20 BCF-0020 BTS-0020 CENTRUM1 -----------------------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR CELL BARRED..............................(BAR).... CALL RE-ESTABLISHMENT ALLOWED............(RE)..... EMERGENCY CALL RESTRICTED................(EC)..... PLMN PERMITTED...........................(PLMN)... NOT ALLOWED ACCESS CLASSES...............(ACC).... ADJACENCY ON OTHER BAND..................(DBC)... DIRECTED RETRY USED......................(DR)..... INTELLIGENT DIRECTED RETRY USED..........(IDR).... CELL TYPE................................(CTY).... MIN TIME LIMIT DIRECTED RETRY............(MIDR)... MAX TIME LIMIT DIRECTED RETRY............(MADR)... DIRECTED RETRY METHOD....................(DRM).... *) NOT ACTIVE IN PRFILE BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED Y N N 01,04,06 03,07,11,12,15 Y *) Y *) Y *) GSM 0 5 0
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1c7
69
Semantic error messages Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session. If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
70
Id:0900d8058061d1c7
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQG MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAMETERS

Function Parameters With this command you modify radio link control downlink parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database). BTS identification, BTS name , SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: cell reselect hysteresis, MS txpwr max CCH, MS txpwr max CCH1x00, rxlev access min, radio link timeout, power offset, GPRS rxlev access min <option>, GPRS ms txpwr max cch <option>, GPRS ms txpwr max cch1x00 <option>, GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev upper limit <option>, GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev lower limit <option>, direct GPRS access BTS <option>, ra reselect hysteresis <option>, priority class <option>, HCS threshold <option>;
Syntax EQG : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> | SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) : ( HYS = TXP1 = TXP2 = RXP = RLT = PO = GRXP = GTXP1= GTXP2= GPU = GPL = DIRE = RRH = PRC = HCS = <cell reselect hysteresis> | <MS txpwr max CCH> | <MS txpwr max CCH1x00> | <rxlev access min> | <radio link timeout> | <power offset> | <GPRS rxlev access min> <option> | <GPRS ms txpwr max cch> <option> | <GPRS ms txpwr max cch1x00> <option> | <GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev upper limit> <option> | <GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev lower limit> <option> | <direct GPRS access BTS> <option> | <ra reselect hysteresis> <option> | <priority class> <option> | <HCS threshold> <option> ) ... ; BTS identification BTS = decimal number With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME. You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME. BTS name NAME = text string With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1ca
71
You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME. SEG identification <option> SEG = decimal number With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME. You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS. SEG name <option> SEGNAME = text string With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG. You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS. cell reselect hysteresis HYS = decimal number With this parameter you define the received RF power level hysteresis for the required cell reselection. The values range from 0 to 14 dB, and can be changed by 2 dB steps at a time. MS txpwr max CCH TXP1 = decimal number With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power an MS may use when accessing a CCH in the cell. The values are:
Parameter TXP1 = Value 5...39 dBm, in 2 dBm steps Explanation GSM 800 and GSM 900 frequency bands
This parameter is used when the BCCH is in GSM 800 or GSM 900 frequency band. MS txpwr max CCH1x00 TXP2 = decimal number With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power an MS may use when accessing a CCH in the cell. The values are:
Parameter TXP2 = Value 0...36 dBm, in 2 dBm steps 0...32 dBm, in 2 dBm steps, and 33 dBm Explanation GSM 1800 frequency band GSM 1900 frequency band
72
Id:0900d8058061d1ca
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
This parameter is used when the BCCH is in GSM 1800 or GSM 1900 frequency band. rxlev access min RXP = decimal number With this parameter you define the minimum power level an MS has to receive before it is allowed to access the cell. The values range from -110 dBm to -47 dBm. radio link timeout RLT = decimal number With this parameter you define the maximum value of the radio link counter expressed in SACCH blocks for non-AMR connections. The values range from 4 to 64 blocks, and can be changed by 4-block steps at a time. power offset PO = decimal number With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power a class 3 GSM 1800 MS may use when accessing the system. The maximum transmission power is MS txpwr max CCH1x00 (TXP2) + power offset (PO). The values range from 0 to 6 dB and can be changed by 2 dB steps at a time. GPRS rxlev access min <option> GRXP = decimal With this parameter you define the minimum power level an MS has to receive before it is allowed to access the cell. The values range from -110 dBm to -47 dBm. GPRS ms txpwr max cch <option> With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power level a mobile station may use when accessing a packet control channel in the cell. The values are:
Parameter GTXP1 = Value 5...39 dBm, in 2 dBm steps Explanation GSM 800 and GSM 900 frequency bands
This parameter is used when the BCCH is in GSM 800 or GSM 900 frequency band. GPRS ms txpwr max cch1x00 <option> With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power level a mobile station may use when accessing a packet control channel in the cell. The values are:
Parameter GTXP2 = Value 0...36 dBm, in 2 dBm steps 0...32 dBm, in 2 dBm steps, and 33 dBm Explanation GSM 1800 frequency band GSM 1900 frequency band
This parameter is used when the BCCH is in GSM 1800 or GSM 1900 frequency band.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1ca
73
GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev upper limit <option> GPU = decimal number With this parameter you define the minimum power level the MS has to receive to allocate resources from the BTS. The values range from -110 to -47 dBm. The value of this parameter must be higher than or equal to the value of the parameter GPL. GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev lower limit <option> GPL = decimal number With this parameter you define the threshold when a reallocation to a better BTS in the SEG must be made. The values range from -110 to -47 dBm. The value of this parameter must be lower than or equal to the value of the parameter GPU. direct GPRS access BTS <option> DIRE = decimal number With this parameter you define which BTSs may be used for GPRS or EGPRS without signal level measurements. This parameter defines the signal level compared to non BCCH layer offset. When the value of this parameter is higher than the value of the parameter non BCCH layer offset, the direct GPRS access to non-BCCH layer BTS is applied. This is used in initial channel allocation and re-allocation. The values range from -40 to 40 dBm. ra reselect hysteresis <option> RRH = decimal number With this parameter you define additional hystereses applied in both STANDBY and READY states for selecting a cell in a different routing area. The values are: 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 dB. priority class <option> PRC = decimal number With this parameter you define the HCS (hierarchical cell structures) priority for the cells. 0 is the lowest and 7 is the highest priority. The values range from 0 to 7. HCS threshold <option> HCS = decimal number With this parameter you define the signal strength threshold for applying HCS in GPRS and LSA reselection. The values are: -110...-48 dB, in 2 dB steps, and N (not used). Examples 1. Modify the radio link control DL parameters and power offset of BTS-20. ZEQG:BTS=20:HYS=2,TXP1=29,PO=4; 2. Modify parameter RXP of BTS-20.
74
Id:0900d8058061d1ca
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
ZEQG:BTS=20:RXP=-100; 3. Modify parameter RXP of BTS CENTRUM1. ZEQG:NAME=CENTRUM1:RXP=-100; Additional information
Parameter GPU GPL
Name GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev upper limit GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev lower limit
Table 5
BTS-specific parameters in command G
Parameter HYS TXP1 TXP2 RXP RLT PO GRXP GTXP1 GTXP2 DIRE RRH PRC HCS
Name cell reselect hysteresis MS txpwr max CCH MS txpwr max CCH1x00 rxlev access min radio link timeout power offset GPRS rxlev access min GPRS ms txpwr max cch GPRS ms txpwr max cch1x00 direct GPRS access BTS ra reselect hysteresis priority class HCS threshold
SEG-specific parameters in command G
The execution printout of the command ZEQG:BTS=1:HYS=2,RLT=12; is:
BSC
BSC-LAB
2007-10-19
13:54:32
RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED: ================================================== SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20 BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1 -----------------------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR CELL RESELECT HYSTERESIS.................(HYS).... 02 MS TXPWR MAX CCH.........................(TXP1)... 29 dB dBm
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1ca
75
MS TXPWR MAX CCH1x00.....................(TXP2)... 30 dBm RXLEV ACCESS MIN.........................(RXP)....-100 dBm RADIO LINK TIMEOUT.......................(RLT).... 12 SACCH BLOCKS POWER OFFSET.............................(PO)..... 00 dB GPRS RXLEV ACCESS MIN....................(GRXP)...-100 dBm GPRS MS TXPWR MAX CCH....................(GTXP1).. 11 dBm GPRS MS TXPWR MAX CCH 1x00...............(GTXP2).. 30 dBm GPRS NON BCCH LAYER RXLEV UPPER LIMIT....(GPU)....-95 dBm GPRS NON BCCH LAYER RXLEV LOWER LIMIT....(GPL)....-100 dBm DIRECT GPRS ACCESS THRESHOLD.............(DIRE)... 0 dBm RA RESELECT HYSTERESIS...................(RRH).... 2 dB PRIORITY CLASS...........................(PRC).... 0 HCS THRESHOLD............................(HCS).... BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED Semantic error messages Execution error messages If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session. If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
76
Id:0900d8058061d1ca
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQH MODIFY QUEUEING PARAMETERS

Function Parameters With this command you modify queuing parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database). BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: max queue length, time limit call, time limit handover, queue priority used, queueing priority call, queueing priority urgent handover, queueing priority non-urgent handover, MS priority used; EQH : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> | SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) : ( MQL TLC TLH QPU QPC QPH QPN MPU Parameter explanations BTS identification BTS = decimal number With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME. You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME. BTS name NAME = text string With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME. You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME. SEG identification <option> SEG = decimal number With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME. You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS. = = = = = = = = <max queue length> | <time limit call> | <time limit handover> | <queue priority used> | <queueing priority call> | <queueing priority urgent handover> | <queueing priority non-urgent handover> | <MS priority used> ) ... ;
Syntax
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1cd
77
SEG name <option> SEGNAME = text string With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG. You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS. max queue length MQL = decimal number With this parameter you define how many call and handover attempts can be queued to wait for a TCH release in a BTS. A TRX with full rate TCH resources builds up eight possible queue positions. When a TRX contains at least one half rate TCH resource, the number of queue positions is doubled to sixteen. Every deleted TRX removes eight/sixteen possible queue positions, respectively. The parameter value is a percentage (0 - 100%) of the TCHs in use in a BTS. When this parameter value is 0, the TCH cannot be queued for in the BTS. When this parameter value is 100, the number of available queue positions is the same as the number of queue positions in the configured TRX/TCHs. Values between 0 and 100 give the number of available queue positions as a percentage of the number of queue positions in the configured TRX/TCHs. Note that the actual number of call and handover attempts cannot be greater than 32 in the BTS. time limit call TLC = decimal number With this parameter you define the maximum queuing time for call attempts (incoming or outgoing) in the BTS in seconds. The values range from 0 to 15 seconds. If you enter the value 0, call attempt queuing is not active in the BTS. time limit handover TLH = decimal number With this parameter you define the maximum queuing time for handover attempts (both urgent and non-urgent) in the BTS in seconds. The values range from 0 to 10 seconds. If you enter the value 0, handover attempt queuing is not active in the BTS. queue priority used With this parameter you define whether the BSC internal queuing type priority (parameters queueing priority call (QPC), queueing priority urgent handover (QPH), and queueing priority non-urgent handover (QPN)) is taken into account in queue handling. The values are:
Parameter QPU = Value Y Explanation Queue priority is used.
78
Id:0900d8058061d1cd
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Parameter
Value N
Explanation Queue priority is not used.
queueing priority call QPC = decimal number With this parameter you define the call attempt priority in the BTS. Queueing priority call is one of the queuing type priorities. The others are: urgent handovers (parameter QPH) and non-urgent handovers (parameter QPN). Note that you have to define the QPU parameter value as Y before the queuing type priorities are taken into account. Relationships between the queuing type priorities: paired comparison is followed between the queue priorities queue type of higher priority is the preferred one queues having the same priority are treated equally
The priority scale is 1 - 14, where 1 is the highest priority. queueing priority urgent handover QPH = decimal number With this parameter you define the urgent handover attempt (queuing type) priority in the BTS. Queueing priority urgent handover is one of the queuing type priorities. The others are: call attempts (parameter QPC) and non-urgent handovers (parameter QPN). Note that you have to define the QPU parameter value as Y before the queuing type priorities are taken into account. Relationships between the queuing type priorities: paired comparison is followed between the queue priorities queue type of higher priority is the preferred one queues having the same priority are treated equally
The priority scale is 1 - 14, where 1 is the highest priority. queueing priority non-urgent handover QPN = decimal number With this parameter you define the non-urgent handover attempt (queuing type) priority in the BTS. Queueing priority non-urgent handover is one of the queuing type priorities. The others are: call attempts (parameter QPC) and urgent handovers (parameter QPH). Note that you have to define the QPU parameter value as Y before the queuing type priorities are taken into account. Relationships between the queuing type priorities: paired comparison is followed between the queue priorities queue type of higher priority is the preferred one queues having the same priority are treated equally
The priority scale is 1 - 14, where 1 is the highest priority.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1cd
79
MS priority used With this parameter you define whether the call priority in the ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message (or the HANDOVER REQUEST message in handover) from the MSC is taken into account in queue handling. The values are :
Parameter MPU = Value Y N Explanation MS priority is used. MS priority is not used.
Examples
1. Modify the queuing parameters of BTS-20. ZEQH:BTS=20:MQL=20,TLC=12,TLH=10; 2. Modify the queuing parameters of BTS-20. ZEQH:BTS=20:QPU=Y,QPC=5,QPH=4,QPN=6,MPU=Y; 3. Modify the queuing parameters of BTS CENTRUM1. ZEQH:NAME=CENTRUM1:QPU=Y,QPC=5,QPH=4,QPN=6,MPU=Y;
Execution printouts
The execution printout of the command ZEQH:BTS=1:TLC=12,TLH=10,MPU=N; is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
QUEUEING PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED: ===================================== SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20 BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1 -----------------------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR MAX QUEUE LENGTH.........................(MQL).... TIME LIMIT CALL..........................(TLC).... TIME LIMIT HANDOVER......................(TLH).... QUEUE PRIORITY USED......................(QPU).... QUEUEING PRIORITY CALL................(QPC).... QUEUEING PRIORITY URGENT HANDOVER.....(QPH).... QUEUEING PRIORITY NON-URGENT HANDOVER.(QPN).... MS PRIORITY USED.........................(MPU).... BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED Semantic error messages If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session. 020 % 12 SECONDS 10 SECONDS Y 05 04 06 N
80
Id:0900d8058061d1cd
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Error Messages of System.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1cd
81
EQJ MODIFY CCH CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS

Function Parameters With this command you modify the CCH configuration parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database). BTS identification, BTS name , SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: number of blocks for access grant msg, number of multiframes, timer for periodic MS location updating, allow IMSI attach detach; EQJ : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) : ( AG MFR PER ATT Parameter explanations BTS identification BTS = decimal number With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME. You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME. BTS name NAME = text string With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME. You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME. SEG identification <option> SEG = decimal number With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME. You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS. SEG name <option> SEGNAME = text string = = = = <number of blocks for access grant msg> | <number of multiframes> | <timer for periodic MS location updating> | <allow IMSI attach detach> ) ... ;
Syntax
82
Id:0900d8058061d1d0
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG. You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS. number of blocks for access grant msg AG = decimal number With this parameter you define the number of blocks reserved for access grant messages from the CCCH during the 51 TDMA frame (a multiframe). The parameter value must be consistent with the channel configuration. The values range from 0 to 7, and in the case of a combined BCCH, from 0 to 2. number of multiframes MFR = decimal number With this parameter you define the number of multiframes between two transmissions of the same paging message to the MSS of the same paging group. The values range from 2 to 9. timer for periodic MS location updating PER = decimal number With this parameter you define the interval between periodic MS location updates. The values range from 0.1 to 25.5 hours, and the value 0 means that periodic updating is not performed. allow IMSI attach detach With this parameter you define whether IMSI attach/detach is used in the cell. The values are:
Parameter ATT = Value Y N Explanation IMSI attach/detach is used. IMSI attach/detach is not used.
Examples
1. Modify the CCH configuration parameters of BTS-20. ZEQJ:BTS=20:AG=1,MFR=4; 2. Modify the CCH configuration parameters of BTS-20. ZEQJ:BTS=20:PER=4.6,ATT=Y; 3. Modify the CCH configuration parameters of BTS CENTRUM1. ZEQJ:NAME=CENTRUM1:PER=4.6,ATT=Y;
Execution printouts
The execution printout of command example 3 is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
CCH CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED: ==============================================
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1d0
83
SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20 BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1 -----------------------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR NUMBER OF BLOCKS FOR ACCESS GRANT MSG....(AG)..... NUMBER OF MULTIFRAMES....................(MFR).... TIMER FOR PERIODIC MS LOCATION UPDATING..(PER).... ALLOW IMSI ATTACH DETACH.................(ATT).... BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED Semantic error messages Execution error messages If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session. If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System. 01 04 04.6 HOURS Y
84
Id:0900d8058061d1d0
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQK MODIFY INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PARAMETERS

Function Parameters Syntax EQK : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) : ( CNT AP BO1 BO2 BO3 BO4 Parameter explanations BTS identification BTS = decimal number With this parameter you identify the BTS with a decimal number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command K in section Additional information. BTS name NAME = text string With this parameter you identify the BTS by name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command K in section Additional information. SEG identification <option> SEG = decimal number With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, BTS, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command K in section Additional information. = = = = = = <C/N threshold> | <averaging period> | <boundary 1> | <boundary 2> | <boundary 3> | <boundary 4> ) ... ; With this command you modify interference averaging parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database). BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: C/N threshold, averaging period, interference threshold boundaries (1-4);
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1d3
85
SEG name <option> SEGNAME = text string With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, BTS, or SEG. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command K in section Additional information. C/N threshold CNT = decimal number With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable C/N (carrier/noise) ratio when selecting a time-slot to be allocated for a call or handover. The values range from 0 to 63 dB. Value 0 means that the parameter is not used. averaging period AP = decimal number With this parameter you define the number of SACCH multiframes over which the averaging of the interference level in the unallocated time-slots is performed. The values range from 1 to 32. The parameter also determines the length of the idle and active channel interference measurement reporting period. boundary 1 - 4 BO1 - BO4 = decimal number With this parameter you define the boundary limits of four interference bands for the unallocated time-slots. The values range from -110 dBm to -47 dBm. Boundary 1 <= Boundary 2 Boundary 2 <= Boundary 3 Boundary 3 <= Boundary 4 The program automatically sets the following boundary values: Boundary 0 = -110 dBm Boundary 5 = -47 dBm Examples 1. Modify the interference averaging parameters of BTS-20. ZEQK:BTS=20:AP=20,BO1=-100,BO2=-100,BO3=-80,BO4=-70; 2. Modify the interference averaging parameter of BTS-20. ZEQK:BTS=20:AP=32; 3. Modify the interference averaging parameter of BTS CENTRUM1. ZEQK:NAME=CENTRUM1:AP=32; 4. Modify the C/N Threshold parameter of BTS-20. ZEQK:BTS=20:CNT=35; 5. Modify the interference averaging parameter of SEG-1. ZEQK:SEG=1:AP=20;
86
Id:0900d8058061d1d3
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Parameter CNT B00 B01 B02 B03 B04 B05
Name C/N threshold boundary 0 boundary 1 boundary 2 boundary 3 boundary 4 boundary 5
Table 7
BTS-specific parameters in command K
Parameter AP
Name averaging period
SEG-specific parameters in command K
The execution printout of command example 1 is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED: =================================================== SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20 BCF-0020 BTS-0020 CENTRUM20 ----------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR C/N THRESHOLD............................(CNT).... 35 dB AVERAGING PERIOD.........................(AP)..... 20 BOUNDARY 0...............................(BO0)....-110 dBm BOUNDARY 1...............................(BO1)....-100 dBm BOUNDARY 2...............................(BO2)....-100 dBm BOUNDARY 3...............................(BO3)....- 80 dBm BOUNDARY 4...............................(BO4)....- 70 dBm BOUNDARY 5...............................(BO5)....- 47 dBm BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED The execution printout of the command example 5 is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1d3
87
INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED: =================================================== SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1 ---------------------C/N THRESHOLD............................(CNT).... 35 dB AVERAGING PERIOD.........................(AP)..... 20 BOUNDARY 0...............................(BO0)....-110 dBm BOUNDARY 1...............................(BO1)....-100 dBm BOUNDARY 2...............................(BO2)....-100 dBm BOUNDARY 3...............................(BO3)....- 80 dBm BOUNDARY 4...............................(BO4)....- 70 dBm BOUNDARY 5...............................(BO5)....- 47 dBm BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED Semantic error messages Execution error messages If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session. If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Error Messages of System.
88
Id:0900d8058061d1d3
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

Function With this command you modify BTS-specific and SEG-specific parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database). The miscellaneous parameters that can be modified are listed in the second parameter group. The optional C2 reselection parameters (PI, QUA, REO, TEO, and PET) that can be modified are listed in the third parameter group. The optional ISHO parameters (QSRI, QSRP, FDD, FDM, FDMO, and FDR) that can be modified are listed in the fourth parameter group. When you modify the parameters, the BTS or SEG has to be in the LOCKED state. See tables BTS-specific parameters in command M and SEG-specific parameters in command M in section Additional information. Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: DTX mode, BTS measure average, MS TX pwr max gsm, MS TX pwr max gsm1x00, MS txpwr min, max number of retransmission, max number of repetition, number of slots spread trans, SMS CB used, BTS load threshold, MS max distance in call setup, TRX priority in TCH allocation, cell load for channel search, RX diversity, TCH rate intra-cell handover <option>, lower limit for FR TCH resources <option>, upper limit for FR TCH resources <option>, AMR lower limit for SEG FR resources <option>, AMR upper limit for SEG FR resources <option>, new establishment causes support, radius extension <option>, super radius extension <option>, multiband cell reporting <option>, early sending indication, non BCCH layer offset <option>, BTS load in SEG <option>, scale ord <option>, AMH upper load threshold <option>, AMH lower load threshold, AMH max load of target cell <option>, TRHO guard time, DL noise level, UL noise level, STIRC enabled <option>, extended BCCH enabled, immediate SDCCH HO enabled <option>: 2G TRX power down threshold <option>, 2G TRX power up threshold <option>, merged PGSM900 and EGSM900 enabled <option>: cell reselection parameter index <option>, cell bar qualify <option>, cell reselect offset <option>, temporary offset <option>, penalty time <option>: threshold to search UTRAN cells <option>, gprs threshold to search UTRAN cells <option>, fdd and tdd cell reselect offset <option>, minimum fdd threshold <option>, minimum fdd threshold offset <option>, minimum RSCP threshold <option>: DFCA mode <option>, forced HR mode C/I averaging period <option>, forced HR mode C/I threshold <option>, forced AMR HR mode C/I threshold <option>, forced HR mode threshold <option>: IBHO GSM enabled <option>, IBHO WCDMA enabled <option>: SDCCH measurement report sending, interval measurement report sending, FACCH busy threshold, RACH busy threshold, repeated SACCH RX lev threshold DL , repeated SACCH RX lev threshold UL , repeated SACCH in DL, repeated SACCH in UL, enable temporary overpower, repeated FACCH in DL, repeated FACCH in UL, apply repeated FACCH , carrier unit configuration, TX diversity time shift: GSM priority <option>, WCDMA priority <option>, Priority search threshold <option>, Low priority threshold <option>, Reselection algorithm hysteresis <option>, Time hysteresis <option>;
Syntax EQM : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058077a627
89
( [ DTX = <DTX mode> | BMA = <BTS measure average> | PMAX1 = <MS tx pwr max gsm> | PMAX2 = <MS tx pwr max gsm1x00> | PMIN = <MS tx pwr min> | RET = <max number of retransmission> | NY1 = <max number of repetition> | SLO = <number of slots spread trans> | CB = <SMS CB used> | BLT = <BTS load threshold> | DMAX = <MS max distance in call setup> | TRP = <TRX priority in TCH allocation> | CLC = <cell load for channel search> | RDIV = <RX diversity> | TRIH = <TCH rate intra-cell handover> <option> | FRL = <lower limit for FR TCH resources> <option> | FRU = <upper limit for FR TCH resources> <option> | AFRL = <AMR lower limit for SEG FR resources> <option> | AFRU = <AMR upper limit for SEG FR resources> <option> | NECI = <new establishment causes support> | EXT = <radius extension> <option> | SEXT = <super radius extension> <option> | MBR = <multiband cell reporting> <option> | ESI = <early sending indication > | NBL = <non BCCH layer offset> <option> | LSEG = <BTS load in SEG> <option> | SCO = <scale ord> <option> | AUT = <AMH upper load threshold> <option> | ALT = <AMH lower load threshold> <option> | AML = <AMH max load of target cell> <option> | TGT = <TRHO guard time> | DLN = <DL noise level> | ULN = <UL noise level> | STIRC = <STIRC enabled> <option> | EBENA = <extended BCCH enabled> | ISIC = <immediate SDCCH HO enabled> <option>... ] ... : [ PWDT PWUT MPE [ PI QUA REO TEO PET [ QSRI QSRP FDD FDM = <2G TRX power down threshold> | = <2G TRX power up threshold> | = <merged PGSM900 and EGSM900 enabled>] <option>... : = = = = = = = = = <cell reselection parameter index> | <cell bar qualify> | <cell reselect offset> | <temporary offset> | <penalty time> ] <option> ... : <threshold to search UTRAN cells> <option> | <gprs threshold to search UTRAN cells> <option> | <fdd and tdd cell reselect offset> <option> | <minimum fdd threshold> <option> |
90
Id:0900d8058077a627
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
FDMO FDR [ DMOD FHR FHT FAHT FHH [ IGE IWE [ SMREPS IMREPS FACHBT RACHBT RSRDL RSRUL RSDL RSUL ETOP RFDL RFUL ARF CUCONF TXDIV [ GPRIO WPRIO PSTHR LPTHR HPRIO TIMEH
= <minimum fdd threshold offset> <option> | = <minimum RSCP threshold> <option> ] ... : = = = = = <DFCA mode> | <forced HR mode C/I averaging period> <option> | <forced HR mode C/I threshold> <option> | <forced AMR HR mode C/I threshold> <option> | <forced HR mode hysteresis> <option> ] :
= <IBHO GSM enabled> | = <IBHO WCDMA enabled> ] <option> ... = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
<SDCCH measurement report sending> | <interval measurement report sending> | <FACH busy threshold> | <RACH busy threshold> | <repeated SACCH RX lev threshold DL> | <repeated SACCH RX lev threshold UL> | <repeated SACCH in DL> | <repeated SACCH in UL> | <enable temporary overpower> | <repeated FACCH in DL> | <repeated FACCH in UL> | <apply repeated FACCH>| <carrier unit configuration> | <TX diversity time shift> ]... ;
<GSM priority> | <WCDMA priority> | <Priority search threshold> | <Low priority threshold> | <Reselection algorithm hysteresis> | <Time hysteresis> ] <option> )... ; BTS identification BTS = decimal number With this parameter you identify the BTS with a decimal number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command M in section Additional information. BTS name NAME = text string With this parameter you identify the BTS by name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058077a627
91
BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command M in section Additional information. SEG identification <option> SEG = decimal number With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command M in section Additional information. SEG name <option> SEGNAME = text string With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command M in section Additional information. DTX mode With this parameter you define how the MS uses DTX (discontinuous transmission). The values are:
Parameter DTX = Value 0 1 2 Explanation MS can use DTX. MS will use DTX. MS will not use DTX.
BTS measure average BMA = decimal number With this parameter you define how many SACCH multiframes are used in measurement averaging in the BTS. The BTS calculates averages of the measurements performed by the BTS and the MS. The BTS is able to calculate the average on 2, 3, or 4 SACCH multiframes. The values range from 1 to 4. Use value 1 to deny the averaging. MS TX pwr max gsm PMAX1 = decimal With this parameter you define the maximum power level an MS may use in the serving cell. When the segment usage option is ON and the segment does not contain a BCCH BTS, you cannot modify this parameter. The values are:
92
Id:0900d8058077a627
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Parameter PMAX1 =
Value 5...39 dBm, in 2 dBm steps
Explanation GSM 800 and GSM 900 frequency bands
MS TX pwr max gsm1x00 PMAX2 = decimal With this parameter you define the maximum power level an MS may use in the serving cell. When the segment usage option is ON and the segment does not contain a BCCH BTS, you cannot modify this parameter The values are:
Parameter PMAX2 = Value 0...36 dBm, in 2 dBm steps 0...32 dBm, in 2 dBm steps, and 33 dBm Explanation GSM 1800 frequency band GSM 1900 frequency band
MS txpwr min PMIN = decimal number With this parameter you define the minimum power level an MS may use in the serving cell. The values are:
Parameter PMIN = Value 5...39 dBm, in 2 dBm steps 0...36 dBm, in 2 dBm steps 0...32 dBm, in 2 dBm steps, and 33 dBm Explanation GSM 800 and GSM 900 frequency bands GSM 1800 frequency band GSM 1900 frequency band
max number of retransmission RET = decimal number With this parameter you define the maximum number of retransmissions on the RACH (random access channel) that the MS can perform. The values are 1, 2, 4, and 7. max number of repetition NY1 = decimal number With this parameter you define the maximum number of repetitions of the PHYSICAL INFO message during a handover that the transceiver can perform. The values range from 5 to 35. number of slots spread trans SLO = decimal number With this parameter you define the number of TDMA frames over which retransmission is spread on the RACH (random access channel).
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058077a627
93
The values are 3 - 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, and 50. SMS CB used With this parameter you allow or deny cell broadcast SMS (short message service) in a cell. The values are:
Parameter CB = Value Y N Explanation SMS CB is allowed. SMS CB is not allowed.
BTS load threshold BLT = decimal number With this parameter you define the acceptable proportion of reserved or unavailable channels out of all channels. BTS load threshold is one of the parameters used in the handover control process. If the threshold is exceeded, the BTS is considered to be overloaded, and handovers to that BTS will be avoided. The values range from 0 to 100%. MS max distance in call setup DMAX = decimal number With this parameter you define the maximum distance between the BTS and the MS in call setup. The maximum distance is expressed as an access delay. The values range from 0 to 255. Within the range of 0...62, one step correlates to a distance of 550 meters. If the access delay of the channel request message exceeds the given maximum, the call attempt is rejected.
When the parameter is given a value between 63 and 255, call attempts are never
rejected. The DISTANCE_VERIFYING option needs to be enabled in order for the MS max distance in call setup (DMAX) parameter to be functional. TRX priority in TCH allocation TRP = decimal number With this parameter you define whether the BCCH TRX or other TRXs (of the regular frequency area) are preferred in traffic channel allocation. The values are:
Parameter TRP = Value 0 Explanation No prioritisation between TRXs, all TRXs are treated equally in TCH allocation. Traffic channel is allocated primarily from the BCCH TRX.
94
Id:0900d8058077a627
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Parameter
Value 2
Explanation Traffic channel is allocated primarily from another TRX than the BCCH TRX. Traffic channel is allocated primarily from the BCCH TRX for the non-AMR users and for the AMR users primarily beyond the BCCH TRX.
cell load for channel search CLC = decimal number With this parameter you give a load limit for traffic channels in the BTS. If the TCH load in a cell is below the limit traffic, channels for speech and single-slot data calls are allocated using rotation between TRXs in a cell and between TSLs of a TRX. If the load limit has been reached or exceeded, the TCH allocation is performed trying to save larger spaces of idle FR resources for possible multislot HSCSD calls by preferring small gaps of free resources and ends of a TRX for single-slot calls. The values range from 0 to 100%. If the parameter default value 0 is used in a BTS, the channel allocation in the BTS is performed according to the value of the BSC level parameter load rate for channel search. RX diversity With this parameter you define whether RX diversity is used in the BTS. The values are:
Parameter RDIV = Value Y N Explanation RX diversity is used. RX diversity is not used.
If the value is Y, check that the TRX configuration and antenna configuration support RX diversity or 4-way RX diversity. The parameter is available for the MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio. Only UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio support 4-way RX diversity. TCH rate intra-cell handover <option> TRIH = decimal number With this parameter you control the TCH channel rate determination in TCH allocation and the TCH speech codec to be allocated during internal intra-cell handover. The values are:
Parameter TRIH = Value 0 Explanation Constraints given by the BSS-level parameter (TCH rate internal HO) are followed.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058077a627
95
Parameter
Value 1
Explanation The call serving type of TCH and speech codec have to be allocated primarily. The call serving type of TCH and speech codec have to be allocated primarily during the speech connection; the channel rate change is possible during data connection when needed if the radio interface data rate allows it. Channel rate and speech codec changes are denied totally. The call serving type of channel and speech codec is the only alternative in TCH allocation. The preferred channel rate and speech codec of TCH has to be allocated primarily.
lower limit for FR TCH resources <option> FRL = decimal number With this parameter you define the percentage of the full rate TCH resources that must be available for traffic channel allocation. The values range from 0 to 100%. During optional Half Rate, the parameter controls the TCH channel rate determination on BTS level according to the cell load in traffic channel allocation. Full rate TCHs are allocated until the number of free full rate resources is reduced below the value of the parameter. After that, half rate resources are allocated. During optional Adaptive Multi Rate Half Rate (AMR HR), the parameter controls the packing of FR AMR calls to HR calls on BTS level according to the cell load. Packing is done via an intra-cell handover. Packing is active when the number of free full rate resources is reduced below the value of the parameter and is actually triggered by a new channel allocation for BSC. The principle in packing is that the number of free full rate resources increases by one compared to the situation before the new channel allocation. The BTS-level parameters FRL and FRU can have the same values and effects as the BSC object parameters HRL and HRU. When the parameters FRL and FRU have meaningful values (FRL <= FRU), the BSC-level parameters are not significant in TCH allocation. When the parameters FRL and FRU do not have meaningful values, the BSC object parameters are used. The cell load control is applied if the MSC gives only the preferred TCH channel rate. upper limit for FR TCH resources <option> FRU = decimal number
96
Id:0900d8058077a627
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
With this parameter you define the percentage of full rate TCH resources that must be available for traffic channel allocation. The values range from 0 to 100%. During optional Half Rate, the parameter controls the TCH channel rate determination on BTS level according to the cell load in traffic channel allocation. Full rate TCHs are allocated when the number of the free full rate resources increases above the value of the parameter. During optional Adaptive Multi Rate Half Rate (AMR HR), the parameter controls the packing of FR AMR calls to HR calls on BTS level according to the cell load. Packing becomes inactive when the number of free full rate resources increases above the value of the parameter. The BTS-level parameters FRL and FRU can have the same values and effects as the BSC object parameters HRL and HRU. When the parameters FRL and FRU have meaningful values (FRL <= FRU), the BSC-level parameters are not significant in TCH allocation. When the parameters FRL and FRU do not have meaningful values, the BSC object parameters are used. The cell load control is applied if the MSC gives only the preferred TCH channel rate. AMR lower limit for SEG FR resources <option> AFRL = decimal number With this parameter you define the percentage of full rate TCH resources that must be available for traffic channel allocation in order to use full rate for AMR calls in the cell. Full rate TCHs are allocated until the number of free full rate resources is reduced below the threshold given in the parameter. AMR half rate resources are then allocated. The values range from 0 to 100%. During optional Adaptive Multi Rate Half Rate (AMR HR), the parameter controls the use of half rate for AMR calls on BTS level according to the cell load in traffic channel allocation. Full rate TCHs are allocated until the number of free full rate resources is reduced below the value of the parameter. After that, half rate resources are allocated. During optional Adaptive Multi Rate Half Rate (AMR HR), the parameter controls the packing of AMR FR calls to HR calls on BTS level according to the cell load. Packing is done via an intra-cell handover. Packing is active when the number of free full rate resources is reduced below the value of the parameter and is actually triggered by a new channel allocation for BSC. The principle in packing is that the number of free full rate resources increases by one compared to the situation before the new channel allocation. During optional AMR HR and optional Adaptive Multi Rate Full Rate (AMR FR), the parameter controls the packing of AMR FR calls to AMR HR calls on BTS level according to the cell load. Packing is done via an intra-cell handover. Packing is active when the number of free full rate resources is reduced below the value of the parameter and is actually triggered by a new channel allocation for BSC. The principle in packing is that the number of free full rate resources increases by one compared to the situation before the new channel allocation. The BTS-level parameters AFRL and AFRU can have the same values and effects as the BSC object parameters AHRL and AHRU. When parameters AFRL and AFRU have meaningful values (AFRL is equal to or smaller than AFRU), the BSC-level parameters are not significant in TCH allocation. Otherwise the BSC object parameters are in use. The cell load control is applied if the MSC gives only the preferred TCH channel rate.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058077a627
97
AMR upper limit for SEG FR resources <option> AFRU = decimal number With this parameter you define the percentage of full rate TCH resources that must be available for traffic channel allocation before the BSC allocates AMR calls in full rate mode again after using half rate for AMR calls in the cell. Full rate TCHs are again allocated when the number of the free full rate resources increases above the threshold given by the parameter. The values range from 0 to 100%. During optional Adaptive Multi Rate Half Rate (AMR HR), the parameter controls the TCH channel rate determination for AMR calls on BTS level according to the cell load in traffic channel allocation. Full rate TCHs are allocated when the number of the free full rate resources increases above the value of the parameter. During optional AMR HR and optional Adaptive Multi Rate Full Rate (AMR FR), the parameter controls the packing of AMR FR calls to AMR HR calls on BTS level according to the cell load. Packing becomes inactive when the number of free full rate resources increases above the value of the parameter. The BTS-level parameters AFRL and AFRU can have the same values and effects as the BSC object parameters AHRL and AHRU. When parameters AFRL and AFRU have meaningful values (AFRL is equal to or smaller than AFRU), the BSC-level parameters are not significant in TCH allocation. Otherwise the BSC object parameters are in use. The cell load control is applied if the MSC gives only the preferred TCH channel rate. new establishment causes support With this parameter you define whether the BSC supports new establishment causes. The values are:
Parameter NECI = Value Y N Explanation New establishment causes support is allowed. New establishment causes support is not allowed.
This parameter is not relevant in GSM phase 1. radius extension <option> EXT = decimal number With this parameter you define the radius extension of an extended cell. The values range from 0 to 67 km. Value 0 indicates that the cell is a normal cell. The 2nd generation base stations have radius extensions from 0 to 67 km. The Talk-family, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and BTSplus site types have radius extensions from 0 to 35 km. The PrimeSite, MetroSite, InSite, and Flexi Multiradio site types do not support the Extended Cell Range. super radius extension <option> SEXT = decimal number
98
Id:0900d8058077a627
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
With this parameter you define the distance of the inner edge of the 35-km-wide superextended area from the BTS. Only Flexi EDGE and BTSplus site types support the super-extended cell range. The values range from 36 to 70 km. Value 0 means that super-extended area is not in use. The default value is 0. multiband cell reporting <option> MBR = decimal number With this parameter you define the number of adjacent cells from the other frequency band that the MS will report in the RX level report. The values range from 0 to 3. early sending indication With this parameter you accept or forbid the early sending of the MS Classmark 3 message to the network in call setup phase. The Classmark 3 element provides the network with information on the MS, including whether the MS supports Dual Band. The values are:
Parameter ESI = Value Y N Explanation Early sending is accepted. Early sending is forbidden.
non BCCH layer offset <option> NBL = decimal number With this parameter you define whether the predefined offset margin is used when evaluating the signal level of the non-BCCH layer. The values range from -40 to +40 dBm. BTS load in SEG <option> LSEG = decimal number With this parameter you determine the load limit for a BTS. The BTS load parameter is used in controlling the load distribution between BTSs in a segment. The values range from 0 to 100%. scale ord <option> With this parameter you define an offset that is added to the reported downlink signal level. The values are:
Parameter SCO = Value 0 1 2 Explanation no scaled by 10 dB automatic
AMH upper load threshold <option> AUT = decimal number or N
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058077a627
99
With this advanced multilayer handling parameter you define the upper threshold for the load of the base station. The parameter is used to trigger BSC-controlled traffic reason handovers. The values range from 0 to 100%. Use value N (not in use) if you want to use the corresponding BSC-level value. In this case the parameter of the current cell is BSC specific. AMH lower load threshold <option> ALT = decimal number or N With this parameter you define the lower threshold for the load of the base station. The parameter is used to trigger advanced multilayer handling functionality with IUO and/or Dual Band/microcell. The values range from 0 to 100%. Use value N (not in use) if you want to use the corresponding BSC-level value. In this case the parameter of the current cell is BSC specific. AMH max load of target cell <option> AML = decimal number or N With this advanced multilayer handling parameter you define the maximum traffic load in adjacent cell allowed for a target cell of traffic reason handover (TRHO). The values range from 0 to 100%. Use value N (not in use) if you want to use the corresponding BSC-level value. In this case the parameter of the current cell is BSC specific. TRHO guard time TGT = decimal number or N With this parameter you define the guard time after a BSC-controlled or an MSC-controlled TRHO, during which a handover back to the original cell is not allowed. The values range from 0 to 120 s. Use value N (not in use) if you want to use the corresponding BSC-level value. In this case the parameter of the current cell is BSC specific. DL noise level DLN = decimal number With this parameter you define the BTS-specific downlink noise level for the C/N check where cell access control is applied based on channel type specific C/N soft blocking limit. The values range from -120 to -80 dBm. UL noise level ULN = decimal number With this parameter you define the BTS-specific uplink noise level for the C/N check where cell access control is applied based on channel type specific C/N soft blocking limit. The values range from -120 to -80 dBm. STIRC enabled <option> With this parameter you define whether Space Time Interference Rejection Combining (STIRC) is used in the BTS. This parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio BTS site types. All TRXs of the STIRC-enabled BTS must have STIRC-capable hardware.
100
Id:0900d8058077a627
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
The values are:

Parameter STIRC = Value Y N Explanation STIRC is enabled. STIRC is disabled.
extended BCCH enabled <option> With this parameter it is possible to use the extended BCCH in the segment. By default it is disabled. The values are:
Parameter EBENA = Value N Y Explanation extended BCCH is disabled. extended BCCH is enabled.
g This parameter is visible only in the case of UltraSite, MetroSite, Flexi EDGE, and
BTSplus BTSs. immediate SDCCH HO enabled <option> With this BTS level parameter you can define if the immediate SDCCH intra cell handover is activated or not. The values range from 0 to 2, step 1. They are:
Parameter ISIC = Value 0 1 2 Explanation ISIC HO is disabled. ISIC HO is active, no HO if no SDCCH is available. ISIC HO is active, dynamic SDCCH can be used if no SDCCH is available.
2G TRX power down threshold <option> PWDT = decimal number With this parameter you activate the2G TRX Automatic Power Down feature by giving the load threshold parameter a value greater than zero. The threshold parameter indicates the number of traffic channels that have to be idle after TRXs are powered down. The actual TRX power down is started if the load in the segment is low enough for the period of time defined by the 2G TRX power down supervision period (PWDPRD) parameter. The value of this parameter must be higher than the value of the parameter PWUT. The value range is from 0 to 255 TCHs. The parameter is available only for the Flexi EDGE site type. 2G TRX power up threshold <option> PWUT = decimal number
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058077a627
101
With this parameter you define the number of traffic channels which have to be free in the segment when TRXs have been powered down by 2G TRX Automatic Power Down. When the number of free traffic channels decreases below this threshold, the TRXs are powered up. The value of this parameter must be lower than the value of the parameter PWDT. The value range is from 0 to 254 TCHs. The parameter is available only for the Flexi EDGE site type. merged PGSM and EGSM enabled <option> With this parameter it is possible to use PGSM 900 and EGSM 900 resources as a unified band of frequencies in the cell. PGSM only mobiles cannot be quaranteed to work in all configurations when this parameter is enabled. The values are:
Parameter MPE = Value N Y Explanation merged PGSM900 and EGSM900 is disabled. merged PGSM900 and EGSM900 is enabled.
cell reselection parameter index <option> With this parameter you define whether C2 reselection parameters are broadcast to mobile stations. The C2 cell reselection allows you to define other criteria for cell reselection in addition to power level. The values are:
Parameter PI = Value Y N Explanation C2 reselection parameters are broadcast. C2 reselection parameters are not broadcast.
If you deactivate the C2 microcell reselect in the PRFILE when this parameter is in use, a warning text is printed out. The C2 cell reselection parameters (PI, QUA, REO, TEO, and PET) are not relevant in GSM phase 1. cell bar qualify <option> With this parameter you define whether cell barring can be overridden. The values are:
Parameter QUA = Value Y N Explanation Cell barring can be overridden. Cell barring cannot be overridden.
102
Id:0900d8058077a627
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
cell reselect offset <option> REO = decimal number With this parameter you define the offset of the C2 reselection criterion for a cell. The values range from 0 dB to 126 dB, and can be changed in 2 dB steps. temporary offset <option> TEO = decimal number With this parameter you define the negative offset of the C2 reselection criterion for the duration of the penalty time (PET) after the MS has placed the cell on the list of the strongest carriers. The values range from 0 dB to 70 dB, and can be changed in 10 dB steps. Value 70 dB means infinity. penalty time <option> PET = decimal number With this parameter you define the duration for which the temporary offset (TEO) applies. The values range from 20 s to 640 s, and can be changed in 20 s steps. Value 640 indicates that the parameter cell reselect offset (REO) is changed, and that the temporary offset (TEO) is ignored. threshold to search UTRAN cells <option> QSRI = decimal number With this parameter you define the threshold value for dual mode mobiles in idle state to search for and to measure UTRAN neighbour cells. The cells are introduced in the 3G Cell Reselection list when a running average of received downlink signal level (RLA_C) of the serving cell is below (0-7) or above (8-15) the threshold. This parameter is broadcast only on BCCH.
Parameter QSRI = Value 0 to 6 7 8 to 14 15 Description -98 ...-74 dBm, in 4 dBm steps infinity (always measured) -78 ...-54 dBm, in 4 dBm steps infinity (never measured)
gprs threshold to search UTRAN cells <option> QSRP = decimal number With this parameter you define the threshold value for GPRS-capable dual mode mobiles to search for and to measure UTRAN neighbour cells. The cells are introduced in the 3G Cell Reselection list when a running average of received downlink signal level (RLA_P) of the serving cell is below (0-7) or above (8-15) the threshold. This parameter is broadcast either on BCCH or PBCCH. This parameter is sent on BCCH if PBCCH does not exist. If this parameter is broadcast on BCCH, it is used only if GPRS cell re-selection parameters for one or more cells are sent to the MS in a Packet Cell Change Order or Packet Measurement Order message.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058077a627
103
Parameter QSRP =
Value 0 to 6 7 8 to 14 15
Description -98 ...-74 dBm, in 4 dBm steps infinity (always measured) -78 ...-54 dBm, in 4 dBm steps infinity (never measured)
fdd and tdd cell reselect offset <option> FDD = decimal number With this parameter you define a UTRAN cell reselection offset for non-GPRS capable dual mode mobiles which are in the idle state. The mobiles add the offset to the running average (RLA_C) of the received signal level of the serving GSM cell and non-serving GSM cells before the mobiles compare the measured RSCP values of UTRAN cells with the signal levels of the GSM cells.
A non-GPRS capable dual mode mobile always makes a cell reselection from the
serving GSM cell to a UTRAN cell if the parameter value is N and the measured RSCP level of the UTRAN cell is high enough.
Parameter FDD = Value -28 to 28 dB N Description in 4 dB steps minus infinity dB
minimum fdd threshold <option> FDM = decimal number With this parameter you define a minimum Ec/Io threshold which must be exceeded before a non-GPRS-capable dual mode mobile is allowed to make a reselection from the serving GSM cell to an adjacent WCDMA RAN cell which is using frequency division duplex (FDD) type access technology/mode. The values range from -20 to -6 dB with 2 dB steps.
Parameter FDM= Value -20 -18 -16 -14 -12 -10 -8 -6 Description -20 dB -18 dB -16 dB -14 dB -12 dB (*) -10 dB (*) -8 dB (*) -6 dB (*)
104
Id:0900d8058077a627
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
(*) Some rare MSS used in test purposes may interpret the received value as a greater dB value in the case of values -12 dB, -10 dB, -8 dB, and -6 dB if the MSS do not follow an interpretation change made according to the 3GPP standard 05.08 CR A375. The rare MSS mentioned above interpret value -12 dB as -13 dB, -10 dB as -15 dB, -8 dB as -17 dB, and -6 dB as -19 dB. minimum fdd threshold offset <option> FDMO = decimal number This parameter applies a negative offset to the minimum Ec/No threshold for cell reselection from the serving GSM cell to an adjacent UTRAN FDD cell for dual mode mobiles (from R5 onwards). The values range from 0 dB to 14 dB, in 2 dB steps. minimum RSCP threshold <option> FDR = decimal number This parameter defines the minimum received signal code power (RSCP) threshold for cell reselection from the serving GSM cell to an adjacent UTRAN FDD cell for dual mode mobiles (from R5 onwards). The values range from -114 dB to -84 dB, in 2 dB steps. DFCA mode <option> DMOD = decimal number With this parameter you define the operational mode of a DFCA BTS. The values are:
Parameter DMOD = Value 0 1 2 Description Off Standby DFCA hopping
The value change of parameter DFCA
mode (DMOD) between Off and Standby can be made online. But you cannot change the mode from Off to DFCA hopping. mode (DMOD) to or from mode DFCA hopping requires base transceiver station (BTS) locking. Changing the DFCA mode to DFCA hopping also requires that the BTS site type is either C (MetroSite), P (UltraSite), E (Flexi EDGE), or M (Flexi Multiradio).
The value change of parameter DFCA
forced HR mode C/I averaging period <option> FHR = decimal number With this parameter you define the period for calculating an average C/I of the 1-way DL C/I estimates used in DFCA channel assignments. This BTS-specific average value is used in deciding between full rate and half rate in DFCA channel assignment. The values range from 5 to 30 min in 5 min steps. forced HR mode C/I threshold <option> FHT = decimal number
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058077a627
105
If the BTS level average C/I is below the threshold defined by this parameter, the HR will be preferred for all the DFCA speech channel assignments of non-AMR requests. The values range from 0 to 63 dB. forced AMR HR mode C/I threshold <option> FAHT = decimal number If the BTS level average C/I is below the threshold defined by this parameter, the HR will be preferred for all the DFCA speech channel assignments of AMR requests. The values range from 0 to 63 dB. forced HR mode hysteresis <option> FHH = decimal number With this parameter you define how many decibels the BTS level C/I average must be above the corresponding forced HR mode C/I threshold in order for the forced HR mode to be switched off. The values range from 0 to 63 dB. IBHO GSM enabled <option> With this parameter you define whether forbidden neighbour GSM cells are filtered out from mobile-specific handover target cell lists or not. The filtering is done based on IMSI information of a mobile, Authorised Networks, and Subscriber Group definitions. If the filtering is enabled in the cell and the MS is anonymous for the BSC, the BSC-level filtering parameter IMSI based handover GSM cells anonymous MS (IBGA) is used to define permitted neighbour GSM cells for the MS. When you modify the parameter, all BTSs of the segment must be in a LOCKED state. The values are:
Parameter IGE= Value Y N Explanation IMSI-based handover to GSM cells is enabled. IMSI-based handover to GSM cells is disabled.
g 2nd generation and InSite base transceiver stations (BTS) do not support IMSIbased handover (IBHO). IBHO WCDMA enabled <option> With this parameter you define whether forbidden neighbour WCDMA cells are filtered out from mobile-specific handover target cell lists or not. The filtering is done based on IMSI information of a mobile, Authorised Networks, and Subscriber Group definitions. If the filtering is enabled in the cell and the MS is anonymous for the BSC, the BSC-level filtering parameter IMSI based handover WCDMA cells anonymous MS (IBWA) is used to define permitted neighbour WCDMA cells for the MS. When you modify the parameter, all BTSs of the segment must be in a LOCKED state. The values are:
106
Id:0900d8058077a627
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Parameter IWE=
Value Y N
Explanation IMSI-based handover to WCDMA cells is enabled. IMSI-based handover to WCDMA cells is disabled.
g 2nd generation and InSite base transceiver stations (BTS) do not support IMSIbased handover (IBHO). SDCCH measurement report sending With this parameter you define whether or not the SDCCH radio measurements have to be transmitted on the A-bis interface. The values are:
Parameter SMREPS= Value Y N Explanation radio measurements transmitted radio measurements not transmitted
The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type. interval measurement report sending With this parameter you specify the granularity in which the radio measurements have to be transmitted on the A-bis interface in case they are enabled (for example 8 = 1/8). IMREPS = decimal number The values range from 1 to 254. The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type. FACH busy threshold With this parameter you define the threshold for the received signal level during network access and handover access. A signal level exceeding this threshold is interpreted as a busy FACCH (Handover ACCESS). FACHBT = decimal number The values range from 0 to 127 dBms. The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type. RACH busy threshold With this parameter you define the threshold for the received signal level during network access and handover access. A signal level exceeding this threshold is interpreted as a busy RACH (when transmitting CHANNEL REQUEST (RACH)). RACHBT = decimal number The values range from 0 to 127 dBms. The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058077a627
107
repeated SACCH RX lev threshold DL <option> With this parameter you determine the level and window criteria for repeated SACCH/FACCH. This parameter is used to define on a per cell basis the threshold for RXLEV_UL_SUB used in the decision algorithm for activating repeated SACCH in DL and UL. RSDL = decimal number The values range from 0 to 25. The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type. repeated SACCH RX lev threshold UL <option> With this parameter you determine the level and window criteria for repeated SACCH/FACCH. This parameter is used to define on a per cell basis the threshold for RXLEV_UL_SUB used in the decision algorithm for activating repeated SACCH in DL and UL. RSUL = decimal number The values range from 0 to 25. The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type. repeated SACCH in DL <option> With this parameter you determine whether the Repeated SACCH is enabled or not in DL on a per cell basis for different codec types and/or signaling. You can give 0 or 1-7 values at the same time by using the wild card character &. The values are:
Parameter ERSDL= Value 0 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 Explanation disabled TCH_AFS TCH_AHS TCH_EFS TCH_FS TCH_HS TCH_WFS Signalling
The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type. repeated SACCH in UL <option> With this parameter you determine whether the Repeated SACCH is enabled or not in UL on a per cell basis for different codec types and/or signaling. You can give 0 or 1-7 values at the same time by using the wild card character &. The values are:
Parameter ERSDL= Value 0 Explanation disabled
108
Id:0900d8058077a627
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Parameter
Value 1 2 4 8 16 32 64
Explanation TCH_AFS TCH_AHS TCH_EFS TCH_FS TCH_HS TCH_WFS Signalling
The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type. enable temporary overpower <option> With this parameter you determine whether TOP (Temporary Overpower) is enabled or disabled on cell basis for the specified codec type. You can give 0 or 1-6 values at the same time by using the wild card character &. The values are:
Parameter ETOP= Value 0 1 2 4 8 16 32 Explanation disabled TCH_AFS TCH_AHS TCH_EFS TCH_FS TCH_HS TCH_WFS
The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type. Repeated FACCH In DL With this parameter you determine whether the repeated FACCH in downlink is enabled or disabled on a cell basis for those MS not having signaled their Repeated ACCH Capability as '1'. Those types of MSSs include legacy MSS and new MSSs that have to signal their Repeated ACCH Capability as '0'. To enable Repeated FACCH on LAPDm command frames for a certain codec in the cell, the name of that codec is entered in a list. You can give 0 or 1-6 values at the same time by using the wild card character &. The values are:
Parameter RFDL= Value 0 1 2 4 Explanation disabled TCH_AFS TCH_AHS TCH_EFS
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058077a627
109
Parameter
Value 8 16 32
Explanation TCH_FS TCH_HS TCH_WFS
The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type. Repeated FACCH In UL With this parameter you determine whether repeated FACCH in uplink is enabled or disabled on cell basis for the specified codec type You can give 0 or 1-6 values at the same time by using the wild card character &. The values are:
Parameter RFUL= Value 0 1 2 4 8 16 32 Explanation disabled TCH_AFS TCH_AHS TCH_EFS TCH_FS TCH_HS TCH_WFS
The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type. apply repeated FACCH <option> With this parameter you enable applying repeated FACCH on any command frames.
Parameter ARF= Value N Y Explanation Apply R-FACCH is disabled Apply R-FACCH is enabled
The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type. carrier unit configuration With this parameter you indicate which types of carrier units are used within the BTSplus serving the cell. This information must be considered for power aspects, as carrier unit types have different transmission power levels. This parameter should be set in case of a cell with an inhomogeneous carrier unit configuration to ensure that the maximum output power difference between the carrier units is below 2 dB. This value is used when the cell has an inhomogeneous carrier unit configuration with old 1800/1900 MHz CUs (45.3 dBm output power) and ECU V2/3/3a of the same frequency band.
110
Id:0900d8058077a627
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Parameter CUCONF=
Value 0 1 2
Explanation HOMOGENEOUS CU_FLEXCU_BS82II D CU_ECU_DCSPCS
The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type. TX diversity time shift With this parameter you switch TX diversity time between coverage mode (enabled) and standard mode (disabled). You also configure time slots or logical channels which are excluded from being sent in TX Diversity Time Shift mode.
Parameter TXDIV= Value 0 1 2 3 4 Explanation DISABLED NO EXEPTION SCH EXEPTIONS BCCH TRX TS0 EXEPTION BCCH TRX EXEPTION
The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type. GSM priority <option> With this parameter you define an absolute priority of the serving (GSM) cell. GPRIO = decimal number The values range from 0 to 7 [Value 0 is the lowest and value 7 is the highest priority]. Default value is 7. WCDMA priority <option> With this parameter you define an absolute priority of the WCDMA neigbours cells. WPRIO = decimal number The values range from 0 to 7. Default value is 6. Priority search threshold <option> With this parameter you define threshold for the serving cell that controls measurement of inter-RAT cells or frequencies. PSTHR = decimal number The values range from -98 dB to -56 dB. Default value is 15. Low priority threshold <option> With this parameter you a threshold for the serving cell below which the MS is allowed to reselect to lower priority cells.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058077a627
111
LPTHR = decimal number The values range from -100 dBm to -72 dBm. Default value is 15. Reselection algorithm hysteresis <option> With this parameter you define a hysteresis used in the priority reselection algorithm. HPRIO = decimal number The values range from 0 to 3 [Rule disabled (0), 5 dB (1), 4dB (2), 3 dB (3)]. Default value is 0. Time hysteresis <option> With this parameter you define a time hysteresis in priority based cell reselection algorithm in the serving cell. TIMEH = decimal number The values range from 0 to 3 [5 sec (0), 10 sec (1), 15 sec (2), 20 sec (3)]. Default value is 1. Examples 1. Modify miscellaneous parameters of BTS-20. ZEQM:BTS=20:DTX=0,BMA=2,PMAX1=21,PMIN=15; 2. Modify miscellaneous parameters of BTS-20. ZEQM:BTS=20:RET=4,NY1=20,SLO=10,CB=N,BLT=50,TRIH=0,DMAX=40; 3. Modify miscellaneous parameters of BTS CENTRUM1. ZEQM:NAME=CENTRUM1:RET=4,NY1=20,SLO=10,CB=N,BLT=50,RDIV=N,TR IH=2; 4. The parameters EBENA, MPE, GPRIO. WPRIO, PSTHR, LPTHR, HPRIO , and TIMEH are modified for the BTS-1. ZEQM:BTS=1:EBENA=Y:MPE=N:::::GPRIO=4,WPRIO=5,PSTHR=50,LPTHR=-98,HPRIO=5,TIMEH=10; Additional information
Parameter PMIN RDIV EXT SEXT NBL LSEG DLN ULN STIRC ISIC
Name MS txpwr min Rx diversity radius extension super radius extension non BCCH layer offset BTS load in SEG DL noise level UL noise level STIRC enabled immediate SDCCH HO enabled
Table 9
BTS-specific parameters in command M
112
Id:0900d8058077a627
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Parameter DMOD FHR FHT FAHT FHH
Name DFCA mode forced HR mode C/I averaging period forced HR mode C/I threshold forced AMR HR mode C/I threshold forced HR mode hysteresis
Table 9
BTS-specific parameters in command M (Cont.)
Parameter DTX BMA PMAX1 PMAX2 RET NY1 SLO CB BLT DMAX TRP CLC TRIH FRL FRU AFRL AFRU NECI MBR ESI SCO AUT ALT AML TGT EBENA PWDT PWUT
Name DTX mode BTS measure average MS txpwr max gsm MS txpwr max gsm1x00 max number of retransmission max number of repetition number of slots spread trans SMS CB used BTS load threshold MS max distance in call setup TRX priority in TCH allocation cell load for channel search TCH rate intra-cell handover lower limit for fr tch resources upper limit for fr tch resources AMR lower limit for SEG FR resources AMR upper limit for SEG FR resources new establishment causes support multiband cell reporting early sending indication scale ord AMH upper load threshold AMH lower load threshold AMH max load of target cell TRHO guard time extended BCCH enabled 2G TRX power down threshold 2G TRX power up threshold
Table 10
SEG-specific parameters in command M
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058077a627
113
Parameter MPE PI QUA REO TEO PET QSRI QSRP FDD FDM FDMO FDR IGE IWE IMREPS FACHBT RACHBT RRSDL RSRUL RSDL RSUL ETOP RFDL RFUL SMREPS ARF CUCONF TXDIV GPRIO WPRIO PSTHR LPTHR HPRIO TIMEH
Name merged PGSM900 and EGSM900 enabled cell reselection parameter index cell bar qualify cell reselect offset temporary offset penalty time threshold to search UTRAN cells GPRS threshold to search UTRAN cells fdd and tdd cell reselect offset minimum fdd threshold minimum fdd threshold offset minimum RSCP threshold IBHO GSM enabled IBHO WCDMA enabled interval measurement report sending FACCH busy threshold RACH busy threshold repeated SACCH RX lev threshold DL repeated SACCH RX lev threshold UL repeated SACCH in DL repeated SACCH in UL enable temporary overpower repeated FACCH in DL repeated FACCH in UL SDCCH measurement report sending apply repeated FACCH carrier unit configuration TX diversity time shift GSM priority WCDMA priority priority search threshold low priority threshold reselection algorithm hysteresis time hysteresis
SEG-specific parameters in command M (Cont.)
The execution printout of the command
114
Id:0900d8058077a627
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
ZEQM:BTS=1:DTX=0,BMA=1,SLO=3,CB=Y,DMAX=25,FRL=20,FRU=80,STIRC=N ; is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-10-19 13:54:32
MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED: ========================================== SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20 BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1 ------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR DTX MODE.................................(DTX).... BTS MEASURE AVERAGE......................(BMA).... MS TX PWR MAX GSM........................(PMAX1).. MS TX PWR MAX GSM1X00....................(PMAX2).. MS TX PWR MIN............................(PMIN)... MAX NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSION.............(RET).... MAX NUMBER OF REPETITION.................(NY1).... NUMBER OF SLOTS SPREAD TRANS.............(SLO).... SMS CB USED..............................(CB)..... BTS LOAD THRESHOLD.......................(BLT).... MS MAX DISTANCE IN CALL SETUP............(DMAX)... TRX PRIORITY IN TCH ALLOCATION...........(TRP).... CELL LOAD FOR CHANNEL SEARCH.............(CLC).... RX DIVERSITY.............................(RDIV)... TCH RATE INTRA-CELL HANDOVER.............(TRIH)... (NO CONSTRAINTS) LOWER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRL).... UPPER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRU).... AMR LOWER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES.....(AFRL)... AMR UPPER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES.....(AFRU)... NEW ESTABLISHMENT CAUSES SUPPORT.........(NECI)... RADIUS EXTENSION.........................(EXT).... SUPER RADIUS EXTENSION...................(SEXT)... MULTIBAND CELL REPORTING.................(MBR).... EARLY SENDING INDICATION.................(ESI).... NON BCCH LAYER OFFSET....................(NBL).... BTS LOAD IN SEG..........................(LSEG)... SCALE ORD................................(SCO).... AMH UPPER LOAD THRESHOLD ................(AUT).... AMH LOWER LOAD THRESHOLD ................(ALT).... AMH MAX LOAD OF TARGET CELL .............(AML).... TRHO GUARD TIME .........................(TGT).... DL NOISE LEVEL ..........................(DLN)... UL NOISE LEVEL ..........................(ULN)... STIRC ENABLED............................(STIRC).. 0 01 25 26 15 04 20 03 Y 060 025 0 0 % N 0 (MS MAY USE DTX) dBm dBm dBm
% (13.75 km)
20 % 80 % 40 % 60 % Y 21 km 55 km 1 Y 0 dBm 70 % 0 NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED -110 dBm -110 dBm N
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058077a627
115
IMMEDIATE SDCCH HO ENABLED...............(ISIC)... 0 (DISABLED) POWER SAVE PARAMETERS: 2G TRX POWER DOWN THRESHOLD (TCHs)..........(PWDT).. 0 (NOT USED) 2G TRX POWER UP THRESHOLD (TCHs)............(PWUT).. 5 C2 RESELECTION PARAMETERS: CELL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDEX......(PI)..... Y *) CELL BAR QUALIFY......................(QUA).... N CELL RESELECT OFFSET..................(REO).... 112 dB TEMPORARY OFFSET......................(TEO).... 50 dB PENALTY TIME..........................(PET).... 600 s ISHO RESELECTION PARAMETERS: THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS..........(QSRI).. never GPRS THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS.....(QSRP).. never FDD AND TDD CELL RESELECT OFFSET.........(FDD)... 0 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD....................(FDM)... -20 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD OFFSET.............(FDMO).. 2 dB MINIMUM RSCP THRESHOLD...................(FDR)... -100 dBm DFCA PARAMETERS: DFCA MODE................................(DMOD).. OFF FORCED HR MODE C/I AVERAGING PERIOD......(FHR)... 15 min FORCED HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD.............(FHT)... 0 dB FORCED AMR HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD.........(FAHT).. 0 dB FORCED HR MODE HYSTERESIS................(FHH)... 3 dB BSC-BSC INTERFACE STATUS......................... *) NOT ACTIVE IN PRFILE BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED The execution printout of the command ZEQM:SEG=1:BMA=2,CLC=50,MBR=1; is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED: ========================================== SEG-0001 BIG_CENTRUM1 --------------------------DTX MODE.................................(DTX).... BTS MEASURE AVERAGE......................(BMA).... MS TX PWR MAX GSM........................(PMAX1).. MS TX PWR MAXGSM 1X00....................(PMAX2).. MAX NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSION.............(RET).... MAX NUMBER OF REPETITION.................(NY1).... NUMBER OF SLOTS SPREAD TRANS.............(SLO).... SMS CB USED..............................(CB)..... 0 02 25 26 04 20 03 Y (MS MAY USE DTX) dBm dBm
116
Id:0900d8058077a627
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
BTS LOAD THRESHOLD.......................(BLT).... 060 % MS MAX DISTANCE IN CALL SETUP............(DMAX)... 025 (13.75 km) TRX PRIORITY IN TCH ALLOCATION...........(TRP).... 0 CELL LOAD FOR CHANNEL SEARCH.............(CLC).... 50 % TCH RATE INTRA-CELL HANDOVER.............(TRIH)... 0 (NO CONSTRAINTS) LOWER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRL).... 20 % UPPER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRU).... 80 % AMR LOWER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES.....(AFRL)... 40 % AMR UPPER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES.....(AFRU)... 60 % NEW ESTABLISHMENT CAUSES SUPPORT.........(NECI)... Y RADIUS EXTENSION.........................(EXT).... 21 km SUPER RADIUS EXTENSION...................(SEXT)... 55 km MULTIBAND CELL REPORTING.................(MBR).... 1 EARLY SENDING INDICATION.................(ESI).... Y BTS LOAD IN SEG..........................(LSEG)... 70 % SCALE ORD................................(SCO).... 0 AMH UPPER LOAD THRESHOLD.................(AUT).... 80 % AMH LOWER LOAD THRESHOLD.................(ALT).... 20 % AMH MAX LOAD OF TARGET CELL..............(AML).... 70 % TRHO GUARD TIME..........................(TGT).... 30 s POWER SAVE PARAMETERS: 2G TRX POWER DOWN THRESHOLD (TCHs)..........(PWDT).. 0 (NOT USED) 2G TRX POWER UP THRESHOLD (TCHs)............(PWUT).. 5 C2 RESELECTION PARAMETERS : CELL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDEX......(PI)..... Y *) CELL BAR QUALIFY......................(QUA).... N CELL RESELECT OFFSET..................(REO).... 112 dB TEMPORARY OFFSET......................(TEO).... 50 dB PENALTY TIME..........................(PET).... 600 s ISHO RESELECTION PARAMETERS: THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS..........(QSRI).. never GPRS THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS.....(QSRP).. never FDD AND TDD CELL RESELECT OFFSET.........(FDD)... 0 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD....................(FDM)... -20 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD OFFSET.............(FDMO).. 2 dB MINIMUM RSCP THRESHOLD...................(FDR)... -100 dBm IBHO PARAMETERS: IBHO GSM ENABLED..........................(IGE)... N IBHO WCDMA ENABLED........................(IWE)... N *) NOT ACTIVE IN PRFILE BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED The execution printout of the command ZEQM:BTS=1:DTX=0,BMA=1,SLO=3,CB=Y,DMAX=25,FRL=20,FRU=80; is:
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058077a627
117
BSC BSC-LAB 2009-03-19 13:54:32 MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED: ========================================== SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20 BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1 ------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR DTX MODE................................. (DTX).... 0 (MS MAY USE DTX) BTS MEASURE AVERAGE...................... (BMA).... 01 MS TX PWR MAX GSM........................ (PMAX1).. 25 dBm MS TX PWR MAX GSM1X00.................... (PMAX2).. 26 dBm MS TX PWR MIN............................ (PMIN)... 15 dBm MAX NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSION............. (RET).... 04 MAX NUMBER OF REPETITION................. (NY1).... 20 NUMBER OF SLOTS SPREAD TRANS............. (SLO).... 03 SMS CB USED.............................. (CB)..... Y BTS LOAD THRESHOLD....................... (BLT).... 060 % MS MAX DISTANCE IN CALL SETUP............ (DMAX)... 025 (13.75 km) TRX PRIORITY IN TCH ALLOCATION........... (TRP).... 0 CELL LOAD FOR CHANNEL SEARCH............. (CLC).... 0 % RX DIVERSITY............................. (RDIV)... N TCH RATE INTRA-CELL HANDOVER............. (TRIH)... 0 (NO CONSTRAINTS) LOWER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES......... (FRL).... 20 % UPPER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES......... (FRU).... 80 % AMR LOWER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES..... (AFRL)... 40 % AMR UPPER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES..... (AFRU)... 60 % NEW ESTABLISHMENT CAUSES SUPPORT......... (NECI)... Y RADIUS EXTENSION......................... (EXT).... 21 km SUPER RADIUS EXTENSION................... (SEXT)... 55 km MULTIBAND CELL REPORTING................. (MBR).... 1 EARLY SENDING INDICATION................. (ESI).... Y NON BCCH LAYER OFFSET.................... (NBL).... 0 dBm BTS LOAD IN SEG.......................... (LSEG)... 70 % SCALE ORD................................ (SCO).... 0 AMH UPPER LOAD THRESHOLD ................ (AUT).... NOT USED AMH LOWER LOAD THRESHOLD ................ (ALT).... NOT USED AMH MAX LOAD OF TARGET CELL ............. (AML).... NOT USED TRHO GUARD TIME ......................... (TGT).... NOT USED DL NOISE LEVEL .......................... (DLN)... -110 dBm UL NOISE LEVEL .......................... (ULN)... -110 dBm STIRC ENABLED............................(STIRC).. N IMMEDIATE SDCCH HO ENABLED...............(ISIC)... 0 (DISABLED) POWER SAVE PARAMETERS: 2G TRX POWER DOWN THRESHOLD (TCHs).......... (PWDT).. 0 (NOT USED) 2G TRX POWER UP THRESHOLD (TCHs)............ (PWUT).. 5 C2 RESELECTION PARAMETERS: CELL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDEX...... (PI)..... Y *) CELL BAR QUALIFY...................... (QUA).... N
118
Id:0900d8058077a627
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
CELL RESELECT OFFSET.................. (REO).... 112 dB TEMPORARY OFFSET...................... (TEO).... 50 dB PENALTY TIME.......................... (PET).... 600 s ISHO RESELECTION PARAMETERS: THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS.......... (QSRI).. never GPRS THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS..... (QSRP).. never FDD AND TDD CELL RESELECT OFFSET......... (FDD)... 0 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD.................... (FDM)... -20 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD OFFSET............. (FDMO).. 2 dB MINIMUM RSCP THRESHOLD................... (FDR)... -100 dBm BTSPLUS SPECIFIC PARAMETERS: SDCCH MEASUREMENT REPORT SENDING......... (SMREPS)... N INTERVAL MEASUREMENT REPORT SENDING...... (IMREPS)... 8 dBm FACH BUSY THRESHOLD...................... (FACHBT)... 109 dBm RACH BUSY THRESHOLD...................... (RACHBT)... 109 dBm REPEATED SACCH RX LEV THRESHOLD DL....... (RSDL)..... 10 REPEATED SACCH RX LEV THRESHOLD UL....... (RSUL)..... 7 REPEATED SACCH IN DL..................... (RSDL)..... DISABLED REPEATED SACCH IN UL..................... (RSUL)..... DISABLED ENABLE TEMPORARY OVERPOWER............... (ETOP)..... DISABLED REPEATED FACCH IN DL.......................(RFDL)..... DISABLED REPEATED FACCH IN DL.......................(RFUL)..... DISABLED APPLY REPEATED FACCH..................... (EARF)..... N CARRIER UNIT CONFIGURATION............... (CUCONF)... HOMOGENEOUS TX DIVERSITY TIME SHIFT.................. (TXDIV).... DISABLED An example: Set the distance of the super-extended area of BTS-1 to 55.? The execution printout of the command ZEQM:BTS=1:SEXT=55; is: BSC BSC-LAB 2008-10-19 13:54:32 MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED: ========================================== SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20 BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1 ------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR BTS BACKGROUND DATA STATE .. NOT DEFINED DTX MODE................................. (DTX).... NOT USE DTX) BTS MEASURE AVERAGE...................... (BMA).... MS TX PWR MAX GSM........................ (PMAX1).. MS TX PWR MAX GSM1X00.................... (PMAX2).. MS TX PWR MIN............................ (PMIN)... MAX NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSION............. (RET).... MAX NUMBER OF REPETITION................. (NY1).... NUMBER OF SLOTS SPREAD TRANS............. (SLO).... SMS CB USED.............................. (CB).....
2 (MS SHALL 01 33 dBm 30 dBm 00 dBm 04 05 10 N
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058077a627
119
BTS LOAD THRESHOLD....................... (BLT).... 070 % MS MAX DISTANCE IN CALL SETUP............ (DMAX)... 255 (NO REJECTION) TRX PRIORITY IN TCH ALLOCATION........... (TRP).... 0 CELL LOAD FOR CHANNEL SEARCH............. (CLC).... 0 % RX DIVERSITY............................. (RDIV)... N TCH RATE INTRA-CELL HANDOVER............. (TRIH)... 0 (NO CONSTRAINTS) LOWER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES......... (FRL).... 100 % UPPER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES......... (FRU).... 0 % AMR LOWER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES..... (AFRL)... 100 % AMR UPPER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES..... (AFRU)... 0 % NEW ESTABLISHMENT CAUSES SUPPORT......... (NECI)... N RADIUS EXTENSION......................... (EXT).... 21 km SUPER RADIUS EXTENSION................... (SEXT)... 55 km MULTIBAND CELL REPORTING................. (MBR).... 1 EARLY SENDING INDICATION................. (ESI).... Y NON BCCH LAYER OFFSET.................... (NBL).... 0 dBm BTS LOAD IN SEG.......................... (LSEG)... 70 % SCALE ORD................................ (SCO).... 0 AMH UPPER LOAD THRESHOLD ................ (AUT).... NOT USED AMH LOWER LOAD THRESHOLD ................ (ALT).... NOT USED AMH MAX LOAD OF TARGET CELL ............. (AML).... NOT USED TRHO GUARD TIME ......................... (TGT).... NOT USED DL NOISE LEVEL .......................... (DLN)... -117 dBm UL NOISE LEVEL .......................... (ULN)... -117 dBm STIRC ENABLED............................ (STIRC).. N IMMEDIATE SDCCH HO ENABLED...............(ISIC)... 0 (DISABLED) C2 RESELECTION PARAMETERS : CELL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDEX...... (PI)..... N CELL BAR QUALIFY...................... (QUA).... N CELL RESELECT OFFSET.................. (REO).... 0 dB TEMPORARY OFFSET...................... (TEO).... 0 dB PENALTY TIME.......................... (PET).... 20 s ISHO RESELECTION PARAMETERS: THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS.......... (QSRI).. never GPRS THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS..... (QSRP).. never FDD AND TDD CELL RESELECT OFFSET......... (FDD)... N MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD.................... (FDM)... -12 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD OFFSET............. (FDMO).. 0 dB MINIMUM RSCP THRESHOLD................... (FDR)... -102 dBm DFCA PARAMETERS: DFCA MODE................................ (DMOD).. OFF FORCED HR MODE C/I AVERAGING PERIOD...... (FHR)... 15 min FORCED HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD............. (FHT)... 0 dB FORCED AMR HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD......... (FAHT).. 0 dB FORCED HR MODE HYSTERESIS................ (FHH)... 3 dB BSC-BSC INTERFACE STATUS......................... BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED
120
Id:0900d8058077a627
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
The execution printout of the command ZEQM:BTS=1:DTX=0,BMA=1,SLO=3,CB=Y,DMAX=25,FRL=20,FRU=80,STIRC=N ,ISIC=0; is : BSC BSC-LAB 2007-10-19 13:54:32 MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED: ========================================== SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20 BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1 ------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR BTS BACKGROUND DATA STATE .. DEFINED DTX MODE.................................(DTX).... 0 (MS MAY USE DTX) BTS MEASURE AVERAGE......................(BMA).... 01 MS TX PWR MAX GSM........................(PMAX1).. 25 dBm MS TX PWR MAX GSM1X00....................(PMAX2).. 26 dBm MS TX PWR MIN............................(PMIN)... 15 dBm MAX NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSION.............(RET).... 04 MAX NUMBER OF REPETITION.................(NY1).... 20 NUMBER OF SLOTS SPREAD TRANS.............(SLO).... 03 SMS CB USED..............................(CB)..... Y BTS LOAD THRESHOLD.......................(BLT).... 060 % MS MAX DISTANCE IN CALL SETUP............(DMAX)... 025 (13.75 km) TRX PRIORITY IN TCH ALLOCATION...........(TRP).... 0 CELL LOAD FOR CHANNEL SEARCH.............(CLC).... 0 % RX DIVERSITY.............................(RDIV)... N TCH RATE INTRA-CELL HANDOVER.............(TRIH)... 0 (NO CONSTRAINTS) LOWER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRL).... 20 % UPPER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRU).... 80 % AMR LOWER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES.....(AFRL)... 40 % AMR UPPER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES.....(AFRU)... 60 % NEW ESTABLISHMENT CAUSES SUPPORT.........(NECI)... Y RADIUS EXTENSION.........................(EXT).... 60 km MULTIBAND CELL REPORTING.................(MBR).... 1 EARLY SENDING INDICATION.................(ESI).... Y NON BCCH LAYER OFFSET....................(NBL).... 0 dBm BTS LOAD IN SEG..........................(LSEG)... 70 % SCALE ORD................................(SCO).... 0 AMH UPPER LOAD THRESHOLD ................(AUT).... NOT USED AMH LOWER LOAD THRESHOLD ................(ALT).... NOT USED AMH MAX LOAD OF TARGET CELL .............(AML).... NOT USED TRHO GUARD TIME .........................(TGT).... NOT USED DL NOISE LEVEL ..........................(DLN)... -110 dBm UL NOISE LEVEL ..........................(ULN)... -110 dBm STIRC ENABLED............................(STIRC).. N IMMEDIATE SDCCH HO ENABLED...............(ISIC)... 0 (DISABLED)
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058077a627
121
C2 RESELECTION PARAMETERS : CELL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDEX......(PI)..... CELL BAR QUALIFY......................(QUA).... CELL RESELECT OFFSET..................(REO).... TEMPORARY OFFSET......................(TEO).... PENALTY TIME..........................(PET).... COMMAND EXECUTED The execution printout of the command ZEQM:BTS=1:EBENA=Y,UDRB=-60,LDRB=100:MPE=Y::::::GPRIO=4,WPRIO=5,PSTHR=-50,LPTHR=98,HPRIO=5,TIMEH=10;
Y *) N 112 dB 50 dB 600 s
BSC3i DX220-LAB 2007-11-05 17:25:08 MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED: ========================================== BCF-0022 BTS-0023 FLEXI23 ------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO BTS BACKGROUND DATA STATE .. NOT DEFINED DTX MODE.................................(DTX).... 2 (MS SHALL NOT USE DTX) BTS MEASURE AVERAGE......................(BMA).... 01 MS TX PWR MAX GSM........................(PMAX1).. 33 dBm MS TX PWR MAX GSM1X00....................(PMAX2).. 30 dBm MS TX PWR MIN............................(PMIN)... 05 dBm MAX NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSION.............(RET).... 04 MAX NUMBER OF REPETITION.................(NY1).... 05 NUMBER OF SLOTS SPREAD TRANS.............(SLO).... 10 SMS CB USED..............................(CB)..... N BTS LOAD THRESHOLD.......................(BLT).... 070 % MS MAX DISTANCE IN CALL SETUP............(DMAX)... 255 (NO REJECTION) TRX PRIORITY IN TCH ALLOCATION...........(TRP).... 0 CELL LOAD FOR CHANNEL SEARCH.............(CLC).... 0 % RX DIVERSITY.............................(RDIV)... N TCH RATE INTRA-CELL HANDOVER.............(TRIH)... 0 (NO CONSTRAINTS) LOWER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRL).... 100 % UPPER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRU).... 0 % NEW ESTABLISHMENT CAUSES SUPPORT.........(NECI)... N RADIUS EXTENSION.........................(EXT).... 00 km (NORMAL CELL) MULTIBAND CELL REPORTING.................(MBR).... 1 EARLY SENDING INDICATION.................(ESI).... Y SCALE ORD................................(SCO).... 0 AMH UPPER LOAD THRESHOLD ................(AUT).... NOT USED AMH LOWER LOAD THRESHOLD ................(ALT).... NOT USED AMH MAX LOAD OF TARGET CELL .............(AML).... NOT USED TRHO GUARD TIME .........................(TGT).... NOT USED
122
Id:0900d8058077a627
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
DL NOISE LEVEL ..........................(DLN)... -117 dB UL NOISE LEVEL ..........................(ULN)... -117 dB STIRC ENABLED............................(STIRC).. N EXTENDED BCCH ENABLED ...................(EBENA).. Y UPPER DL RX LEV FOR BCCH TRX PREFERENCE...(UDRB).. -70 dBm LOWER DL RX LEV FOR BCCH TRX PREFERENCE...(LDRB).. -110 dBm C2 RESELECTION PARAMETERS: CELL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDEX......(PI)..... N CELL BAR QUALIFY......................(QUA).... N CELL RESELECT OFFSET..................(REO).... 0 dB TEMPORARY OFFSET......................(TEO).... 0 dB PENALTY TIME..........................(PET).... 20 s DFCA PARAMETERS: DFCA MODE ............................(DMOD).. OFF FORCED HR MODE C/I AVERAGING PERIOD ..(FHR)... 15 min FORCED AMR HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD .....(FAHT).. 0 dB FORCED HR MODE HYSTERESIS ............(FHH)... 3 dB BSC-BSC INTERFACE STATUS ........................ IBHO PARAMETERS: IBHO GSM ENABLED .....................(IGE)... N POWER SAVE PARAMETERS: 2G TRX POWER DOWN THRESHOLD (TCHs)....(PWDT)... 10 2G TRX POWER UP THRESHOLD (TCHs)......(PWUT)... 5 MERGED PGSM900 AND EGSM900 ENABLED.......(MPE).... Y LTE CELL RESELECTION PARAMETERS: GSM PRIORITY...........................(GPRIO).... 4 WCDMA PRIORITY.........................(WPRIO).... 5 PRIORITY SEARCH THRESHOLD..............(PSTHR).... -50 dB LOW PRIORITY THRESHOLD.................(LPTHR).... -98 dB RESELECTION ALGORITHM HYSTERESIS.......(HPRIO).... 5 dB TIME HYSTERESIS........................(TIMEH).... 10 s BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED Semantic error messages Execution error messages If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session. If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058077a627
123
EQT MODIFY TRUNK RESERVATION PARAMETERS <option>

Function Parameters With this command you modify the BTS trunk reservation parameters. The command is optional. BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: trunk reservation used, limit for free TCHs, number of traffic channels reserved for priority subscribers only, restricted use of priority channels in incoming handover, reservation method used in trunk reservation: traffic types, table identification; EQT : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> | SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) : ( [ TR = <trunk reservation used> | LIMIT = <limit for free TCHs> | TCRP = <number of traffic channels reserved for priority subscribers only> | RUP = <restricted use of priority channels in incoming handover> | REM = <reservation method used in trunk reservation> ] ... : [ TT = <traffic types> | TBL = <table identification> ] ) ... ; <option> Parameter explanations BTS identification BTS = decimal number With this parameter you identify the BTS with a decimal number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME. You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME. BTS name NAME = text string With this parameter you identify the BTS by name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME. You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME. SEG identification <option> SEG = decimal number
Syntax
124
Id:0900d8058061d1d9
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME. You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment has more than one BTS SEG name <option> SEGNAME = text string With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG. You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment has more than one BTS trunk reservation used With this parameter you define whether the trunk reservation algorithm is used in the cell. The values are:
Parameter TR = Value Y N Explanation Trunk reservation algorithm is in use. Trunk reservation algorithm is not in use.
If you deactivate the trunk reservation in the PRFILE when this parameter is in use, a warning text is printed out. limit for free TCHs LIMIT = decimal number With this parameter you define the number of free traffic channels that must be exceeded before all access attempts are granted. The value is BTS-specific and common to all traffic types of that BTS. The values range from 1 to 16. number of traffic channels reserved for priority subscribers only TCRP = decimal number With this parameter you define the number of traffic channels reserved in the BTS for priority subscribers only. The values range from 0 to 8. restricted use of priority channels in incoming handover With this parameter you define if the priority channels are available only for priority subscribers also in an incoming handover. The values are:
Parameter RUP = Value Y Explanation TCRP-defined number of traffic channels is available only for priority subscribers also in an incoming handover.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1d9
125
Parameter
Value N
Explanation All traffic channels are available for all subscribers in an incoming handover.
reservation method used in trunk reservation With this parameter you define which reservation method of traffic channels the trunk reservation algorithm uses. The values are:
Parameter REM = Value DYN STAT Explanation dynamic reservation method static reservation method
traffic types TT = decimal number With this parameter you define the traffic type(s) that will be attached to the decision threshold table. The values range from 1 to 10. You can attach multiple traffic types to the same decision threshold table by using the grouping characters & and &&. If you enter this parameter, you must also enter the parameter table identification (TBL). To detach the BTS's traffic types that are not attached to any decision threshold table, enter this parameter without the parameter table identification (TBL). The traffic types are:
Traffic types: 1 2 3 4 5 6 GSM call setup MCN call setup GSM handover MCN handover Priority call setup Priority handover
table identification TBL = decimal number With this parameter you define the number of the trunk reservation decision threshold table which will be attached to the BTS. The values range from 0 to 64. Use value 0 to detach the defined traffic type(s) from all decision threshold tables. In addition, if you have not defined the traffic types (parameter TT), all traffic types of that BTS are detached from all decision threshold tables. Examples 1. Attach traffic type 1 of BTS-2 to the decision threshold table number 2. The trunk reservation algorithm is in use and the limit for free TCHs is 3. ZEQT:BTS=2:TR=Y,LIMIT=3:TT=1,TBL=2;
126
Id:0900d8058061d1d9
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
2. Attach traffic types 1 - 3 of BTS-7 to decision threshold table 6, traffic type 4 to table 8, and traffic types 5 - 10 to table 1. The trunk reservation algorithm is not used and the limit for free TCHs is 2. ZEQT:BTS=7:TR=N,LIMIT=2:TT=1&&3,TBL=6:TT=4,TBL=8:TT=5&&10,TB L=1; 3. Detach traffic types 1 - 4 of BTS-8 from any decision threshold table. ZEQT:BTS=8::TT=1&&4,TBL=0; 4. Detach all traffic types of BTS CENTRUM1 from any decision threshold table. Define 2 traffic channels for priority subscribers only. Restrict the access of other than priority subscribers for 2 traffic channels also in incoming handover. Define the reservation method the traffic channels' trunk reservation algorithm uses to static. ZEQT:NAME=CENTRUM1:TCRP=2,RUP=Y,REM=STAT:TBL=0; 5. Set trunk reservation on in BTS 7. ZEQT:BTS=7:TR=Y; Execution printouts The execution printout of the command ZEQT:BTS=7:TR=Y,LIMIT=12:TT=1,TBL=6:TT=2,TBL=4:TT=4,TBL=5:TT=6, TBL=1; is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
DECISION THRESHOLD TABLE RELATIONS MODIFIED =========================================== SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1 BCF-0001 BTS-0007 CENTRUM1 -------------------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR TRUNK RESERVATION USED...................(TR)..... Y *) LIMIT FOR FREE TCHS......................(LIMIT).. 12 TCHS RESERVED FOR PRIORITY SUBSCRIBERS...(TCRP)... 0 RESTRICTED USE OF PRIORITY CHANNELS......(RUP).... N RESERVATION METHOD.......................(REM).... STAT TRAFFIC TYPE 1 (GSM CALL SETUP) 2 (MCN CALL SETUP) 3 (GSM HANDOVER) 4 (MCN HANDOVER) 5 (PRIORITY CALL SETUP) 6 (PRIORITY HANDOVER) 7 8 9 10 TABLE 6 4 5 1 -
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1d9
127
*) NOT ACTIVE IN PRFILE BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED Semantic error messages Execution error messages If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session. If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Error Messages of System.
128
Id:0900d8058061d1d9
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

Function Parameters With this command you modify the GPRS parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database). The command is optional. BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: GPRS enabled, EGPRS enabled <option>, routing area code, dedicated GPRS capacity, default GPRS capacity, max GPRS capacity, prefer BCCH frequency GPRS, DL adaptation probability threshold, UL adaptation probability threshold, DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop, UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop, DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop, UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop, coding scheme no hop, coding scheme hop, initial MCS for acknowledged mode, initial MCS for unacknowledged mode, maximum BLER in acknowledged mode, maximum BLER in unacknowledged mode, mean BEP offset GMSK, mean BEP offset 8PSK, EGPRS link adaptation enabled <option>, coding schemes CS3 and CS4 enabled <option>, DL coding scheme in acknowledged mode, UL coding scheme in acknowledged mode, DL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode, UL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode, adaptive LA algorithm, extended cell GPRS/EDGE enabled <option>, extended cell location keep period <option>, DL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode <option>, DL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode <option>, UL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode <option>, UL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode <option>, initial MCS for ext area acknowledged mode <option>, initial MCS for ext area unacknowledged mode <option>: network service entity identifier <option>, transport type <option>, packet service entity identifier <option>: BTS uplink throughput factor for CS1-CS4, BTS downlink throughput factor for CS1-CS4, BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS4, BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9, BTS downlink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS4, EGPRS inactivity alarm weekdays <option>, EGPRS inactivity alarm start time <option>, EGPRS inactivity alarm end time <option>, DLDC enabled <option>: DTM enabled <option>;
Syntax
EQV : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> | SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) : ( [ GENA = <GPRS enabled> | EGENA = <EGPRS enabled> <option> | RAC = <routing area code> | CDED = <dedicated GPRS capacity> | CDEF = <default GPRS capacity> | CMAX = <max GPRS capacity> | BFG = <prefer BCCH frequency GPRS> | DLA = <DL adaptation probability threshold> | ULA = <UL adaptation probability threshold> | DLB = <DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop> | ULB = <UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop> | DLBH = <DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop> | ULBH = <UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop> | COD = <coding scheme no hop> | CODH = <coding scheme hop> | MCA = <initial MCS for acknowledged mode> | MCU = <initial MCS for unacknowledged mode> | BLA = <maximum BLER in acknowledged mode> |
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258f
129
BLU = <maximum BLER in unacknowledged mode> | MBG = <mean BEP offset GMSK> | MBP = <mean BEP offset 8PSK> | ELA = <EGPRS link adaptation enabled> <option> | CS34 = <coding schemes CS3 and CS4 enabled> <option> | DCSA = <DL coding scheme in acknowledged mode> | UCSA = <UL coding scheme in acknowledged mode> | DCSU = <DL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode> | UCSU = <UL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode> | ALA = <adaptive LA algorithm> | EXGENA = <extended cell GPRS/EDGE enabled> <option> | EXKEEP = <extended cell location keep period> <option> | DCSEA = <DL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode> <option> | DCSEU = <DL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode> <option> | UCSEA = <UL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode> <option> | UCSEU = <UL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode> <option> | MCEA = <initial MCS for ext area acknowledged mode> <option> | MCEU = <initial MCS for ext area unacknowledged mode> <option> ] ... : [ NSEI = <network service entity identifier> <option> | TRAT = <transport type> <option> | PSEI = <packet service entity identifier> <option> ] : [ TFU = <BTS uplink throughput factor for CS1-CS4> | TFD = <BTS downlink throughput factor for CS1-CS4 > | TFUM1 = <BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS4> | TFUM = <BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9> | TFDM = <BTS downlink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9> EAW = <EGPRS inactivity alarm weekdays> <option> ... | EAS = <EGPRS inactivity alarm start time> <option> | EAE = <EGPRS inactivity alarm end time> <option> | DCENA = <DLDC enabled> <option> ] : [ DENA = <DTM enabled> <option> ] ) ... ; <option>
BTS identification BTS = decimal number With this parameter you identify the BTS with a decimal number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command V in section Additional information. BTS name NAME = text string With this parameter you identify the BTS by name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command V in section Additional information.
130
Id:0900d8058080258f
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
SEG identification <option> SEG = decimal number With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command V in section Additional information. SEG name <option> SEGNAME = text string With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command V in section Additional information. GPRS enabled With this parameter you enable or disable the GPRS capability in the cell during the normal operation of the cell.
Parameter GENA = Value Y N Explanation GPRS is enabled. GPRS is disabled.
EGPRS enabled <option> With this parameter you enable or disable the EGPRS capability in the BTS. All GPRSenabled (GTRX=Y) TRXs of the BTS have to be EDGE capable. This parameter can be given only to MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.
Parameter EGENA = Value Y N Explanation EGPRS is enabled. EGPRS is disabled.
Also GPRS must be enabled in the cell (GENA=Y) in order to enable EGPRS traffic in the BTS. PCU Object State This parameter shows the state of PCU object in RNW database. The value is changed by system when logical PCU plug-in-unit is restarting. System modifies this parameter during PCU restart, BCSU reset/switchover or system reset.
Parameter PCU Object State Value 0 2 Explanation PCU is working. PCU has reset but it is under configuration.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258f
131
routing area code RAC = decimal number With this parameter you identify GPRS cells using the routing area code number. The values range from 0 to 255. You can modify this parameter only when the value of the GENA parameter is N. dedicated GPRS capacity CDED = decimal number With this parameter you determine the share of PSW-only channels in a cell. The values range from 0 to 100%. The value of this parameter must be lower than or equal to the value of the CDEF parameter. You can modify this parameter online when the value of the GENA parameter is N. If the value of the GENA parameter is Y, you must lock the BTS before modifying this parameter. default GPRS capacity CDEF = decimal number With this parameter you determine the default GPRS territory size in a cell. The channels in the default GPRS territory are used primarily for packet switched traffic. However, if the circuit switched territory becomes congested, the BSC can allocate a traffic channel in the default GPRS territory for circuit switched use. The values range from 1 to 100%. The value of this parameter must be higher than or equal to the value of the CDED parameter. You can modify this parameter online when the value of the GENA parameter is N. If the value of the GENA parameter is Y, you must lock the BTS before modifying this parameter. max GPRS capacity CMAX = decimal number With this parameter you define the maximum number of packet switched (PSW) channels in a BTS. The values range from 1 to 100%. The value of this parameter must be higher than or equal to the value of the CDEF parameter. You can modify this parameter online when the value of the GENA parameter is N. If the value of the GENA parameter is Y, you must lock the BTS before modifying this parameter. prefer BCCH frequency GPRS With this parameter you define whether the BCCH TRX or other TRXs are preferred in GPRS channel allocation.
Parameter BFG = Value 0 Explanation No prioritisation is determined between TRXs.
132
Id:0900d8058080258f
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Parameter
Value 1
Explanation GPRS channels are allocated primarily from the BCCH TRX. GPRS channels are allocated primarily beyond the BCCH TRX.
You can modify this parameter online when the value of the GENA parameter is N. If the value of the GENA parameter is Y, you must lock the BTS before modifying this parameter. DL adaptation probability threshold DLA = decimal number With this parameter you define the allowed probability (%) for the system to make a wrong decision in downlink adaptation. The values range from 0 to 50%. The parameter is used in GPRS link adaption. UL adaptation probability threshold ULA = decimal number With this parameter you define the allowed probability (%) for the system to make a wrong decision in uplink adaptation. The values range from 0 to 50%. The parameter is used in GPRS link adaptation. DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop DLB = decimal number With this parameter you indicate the RLC BLER (block error rate percentage) for CS-1 channel coding. At this point CS-1 and CS-2 give the same effective bit rate and Coding Scheme selection criteria in RLC Acknowledged mode for downlink TBFs changes. The parameter is meaningful only if link adaptation is used in case of no frequency hopping. The values range from 0 to 100%. The parameter is used in GPRS link adaptation. UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop ULB = decimal number With this parameter you indicate the RLC BLER (block error rate percentage) for CS-1 channel coding. At this point CS-1 and CS-2 give the same effective bit rate and Coding Scheme selection criteria in RLC Acknowledged mode for uplink TBFs changes. The parameter is meaningful only if link adaptation is used in case of no frequency hopping. The values range from 0 to 100%. The parameter is used in GPRS link adaptation. DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop DLBH = decimal number With this parameter you indicate the RLC BLER (block error rate percentage) for CS-1 channel coding. At this point CS-1 and CS-2 give the same effective bit rate and Coding Scheme selection criteria in RLC Acknowledged mode for downlink TBFs changes. The parameter is meaningful only if link adaptation and Frequency Hopping are used. The values range from 0 to 100%. The parameter is used in GPRS link adaptation.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258f
133
UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop ULBH = decimal number With this parameter you indicate the RLC BLER (block error rate percentage) for CS-1 channel coding. At this point CS-1 and CS-2 give the same effective bit rate and Coding Scheme selection criteria in RLC Acknowledged mode for uplink TBFs changes. The parameter is meaningful only if link adaptation and hopping are used. The values range from 0 to 100%. The parameter is used in GPRS link adaptation. coding scheme no hop With this parameter you indicate the selection of Acknowledged mode of the Coding Scheme in RLC (Radio Link Control) in case frequency hopping is not used. The parameter is used in GPRS link adaptation. The values are:
Parameter COD = Value 0 1 2 Explanation Link adaptation is used. CS-1 is used. CS-2 is used.
coding scheme hop With this parameter you indicate the selection of Acknowledged mode of the Coding Scheme in radio link control (RLC) when frequency hopping is used. The parameter is used in GPRS link adaptation. The values are:
Parameter CODH = Value 0 1 2 Explanation Link adaptation is used. CS-1 is used. CS-2 is used.
initial MCS for acknowledged mode MCA = decimal number With this parameter you indicate the Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) used at the beginning of an EGPRS TBF for RLC acknowledged mode. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation. The values range from 1 to 9. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter MCA= Value 1 2 3 . . . Explanation MCS-1 is used. MCS-2 is used. MCS-3 is used. . . .
134
Id:0900d8058080258f
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Parameter
Value 8 9
Explanation MCS-8 is used. MCS-9 is used.
initial MCS for unacknowledged mode MCU = decimal number With this parameter you indicate the MCS used at the beginning of an GPRS TBF for RLC unacknowledged mode. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation. The values range from 1 to 9. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter MCU= Value 1 2 3 . . . 8 9 Explanation MCS-1 is used. MCS-2 is used. MCS-3 is used. . . . MCS-8 is used. MCS-9 is used.
maximum BLER in acknowledged mode BLA = decimal number With this parameter you indicate the maximum block error rate of the first transmission in EGPRS RLC acknowledged mode. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation. The values range from 10 to 100%. maximum BLER in unacknowledged mode BLU = decimal number With this parameter you indicate the maximum block error rate in EGPRS RLC unacknowledged mode. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation. The values range from 1 to 100, and the actual unit is one tenth of that. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter BLU= Value 1 2 3 . . . 100 Explanation 0.1% 0.2% 0.3% . . . 10%
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258f
135
mean BEP offset GMSK MBG = decimal number With this parameter you can adjust the MCS and modulation preferences in EGPRS. This is the offset added to reported GMSK mean BEP values before EGPRS link adaptation uses them. The value applies to both uplink and downlink directions. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation. The values range from 31 to 31. mean BEP offset 8PSK MBP = decimal number With this parameter you can adjust the MCS and modulation preferences in EGPRS. This is the offset added to reported 8PSK mean BEP values before BEP table lookups, and before EGPRS link adaptation uses them. The value applies to both uplink and downlink directions. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation. The values range from 31 to 31. EGPRS link adaptation enabled <option> With this parameter you enable or disable EGPRS link adaptation on cell level. If EGPRS link adaptation is disabled, the system uses the MCS value defined by initial MCS for acknowledged mode or initial MCS for unacknowledged mode parameters or a lower MCS. The values range from 0 to 2.
Parameter ELA = Value 0 1 Explanation EGPRS link adaptation is disabled. EGPRS link adaptation is enabled for the RLC acknowledged mode. EGPRS link adaptation is enabled for both the RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledged modes.
coding schemes CS3 and CS4 enabled <option> With this parameter you define whether the Coding Schemes CS-3 and CS-4 application software is used in the BTS. With the rates of 14.4 and 20.0 kbit/s of coding schemes CS-3 and CS-4, a considerable gain in the data rate can be achieved for GPRS Mobile Stations not supporting EGPRS. Coding Schemes CS-3 and CS-4 can be used without EGPRS due to the fact that CS3 and CS-4 can be used both in GPRS and in EGPRS territories. However, Coding Schemes CS-3 and CS-4 can be used with EGPRS as well. The parameter can be enabled only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTS plus, and Flexi Multiradio with EDGE if the BTS software supports Coding Schemes CS-3 and CS4 application software, the TRXs under the BTS are using Dynamic Abis, and the PCU card supports Coding Schemes CS-3 and CS-4. The values are:
136
Id:0900d8058080258f
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Parameter CS34=
Value Y N
Explanation Coding schemes CS-3 and CS-4 are enabled. Coding schemes CS-3 and CS-4 are disabled.
You can modify this parameter only when the BTS is LOCKED. DL coding scheme in acknowledged mode DCSA = decimal number With this parameter you define whether link adaptation with initial coding scheme or fixed coding scheme is used in acknowledged mode in downlink direction. The values are:
Parameter DCSA= Value 0 1 2 3 4 Explanation Coding scheme CS-1 is used. Coding scheme CS-2 is used. Coding scheme CS-3 is used. Coding scheme CS-4 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-1 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-2 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-3 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-4 is used.
Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 are optional and valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs. UL coding scheme in acknowledged mode UCSA = decimal number With this parameter you define whether Link Adaptation with initial coding scheme or fixed coding scheme is used in acknowledged mode in uplink direction. The values are:
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258f
137
Parameter UCSA=
Value 0 1 2 3 4
Explanation Coding scheme CS-1 is used. Coding scheme CS-2 is used. Coding scheme CS-3 is used. Coding scheme CS-4 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-1 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-2 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-3 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-4 is used.
Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 are optional and valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs. DL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode DCSU = decimal number With this parameter you define whether Link Adaptation with initial coding scheme or fixed coding scheme is used in unacknowledged mode in downlink direction. The values are:
Parameter DCSU= Value 0 1 2 3 4 Explanation Coding scheme CS-1 is used. Coding scheme CS-2 is used. Coding scheme CS-3 is used. Coding scheme CS-4 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-1 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-2 is used.
138
Id:0900d8058080258f
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Parameter
Value 6
Explanation Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-3 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-4 is used.
Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 are optional and valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite,Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs. UL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode UCSU = decimal number With this parameter you define whether Link Adaptation with initial coding scheme or fixed coding scheme is used in unacknowledged mode in uplink direction. The values are:
Parameter UCSU= Value 0 1 2 3 4 Explanation Coding scheme CS-1 is used. Coding scheme CS-2 is used. Coding scheme CS-3 is used. Coding scheme CS-4 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-1 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-2 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-3 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-4 is used.
Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 are optional and valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs. adaptive LA algorithm With this parameter you can define if the used Link Adaptation algorithm is adaptive or not. This parameter is valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs. The values are:
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258f
139
Parameter ALA=
Value Y N
Explanation Adaptive LA algorithm is enabled. Adaptive LA algorithm is disabled.
extended cell GPRS/EDGE enabled <option> With this parameter you define whether the Extended Cell for GPRS/EDGE is enabled in the cell. When this parameter is enabled, the EGTCH channels can be used for GPRS/EDGE traffic in extended area TRXs in the GPRS/EDGE-enabled cell and all TRXs under the BTS(s), which has a GPRS-enabled TRX (GTRX=Y), must be defined to the dynamic Abis pool and they must have EDGE-capable hardware.
GPRS must also be enabled in the cell (GENA=Y) in order to enable GPRS/EDGE traffic in the extended area of the cell. Only UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and BTSplus BTSs support the extended cell for GPRS/EDGE functionality. The values are:
Parameter EXGENA= Value Y N Explanation Extended Cell GPRS/EDGE is enabled. Extended Cell GPRS/EDGE is disabled.
extended cell location keep period <option> EXKEEP = decimal number With this parameter you define the time period that tells how long the MS's service area is kept in the PCU's memory following release of all TBFs allocated for the MS. The values range from 0 to 44 s The parameter is valid only for UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and BTSplus BTSs. DL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode <option> DCSEA = decimal number With this parameter you define the initial coding scheme for the GPRS territory in acknowledged mode in the extended service area of an extended cell in downlink direction. The values are:
Parameter DCSEA= Value 0 1 Explanation Coding scheme CS-1 is used. Coding scheme CS-2 is used.
140
Id:0900d8058080258f
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Parameter
Value 2 3 4
Explanation Coding scheme CS-3 is used. Coding scheme CS-4 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-1 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-2 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-3 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-4 is used.
Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 are optional, and the parameter is valid only for UltraSite and Flexi EDGE BTSs. DL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode <option> DCSEU = decimal number With this parameter you define the initial coding scheme for the GPRS territory in unacknowledged mode in the extended service area of an extended cell in downlink direction. The values are:
Parameter DCSEU= Value 0 1 2 3 4 Explanation Coding scheme CS-1 is used. Coding scheme CS-2 is used. Coding scheme CS-3 is used. Coding scheme CS-4 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-1 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-2 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-3 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-4 is used.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258f
141
Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 are optional, and the parameter is valid only for UltraSite and Flexi EDGE BTSs. UL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode <option> UCSEA = decimal number With this parameter you define the initial coding scheme for the GPRS territory in acknowledged mode in the extended service area of an extended cell in uplink direction. The values are:
Parameter UCSEA= Value 0 1 2 3 4 Explanation Coding scheme CS-1 is used. Coding scheme CS-2 is used. Coding scheme CS-3 is used. Coding scheme CS-4 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-1 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-2 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-3 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-4 is used.
Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 are optional, and the parameter is valid only for UltraSite and Flexi EDGE BTSs. UL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode <option> UCSEU = decimal number With this parameter you define the initial coding scheme for the GPRS territory in unacknowledged mode in the extended service area of an extended cell in uplink direction. The values are:
Parameter UCSEU= Value 0 1 2 Explanation Coding scheme CS-1 is used. Coding scheme CS-2 is used. Coding scheme CS-3 is used.
142
Id:0900d8058080258f
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Parameter
Value 3 4
Explanation Coding scheme CS-4 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-1 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-2 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-3 is used. Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-4 is used.
Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 are optional, and the parameter is valid only for UltraSite and Flexi EDGE BTSs. initial MCS for ext area acknowledged mode <option> MCEA = decimal number With this parameter you indicate the initial modulation and coding scheme (MCS) used at the beginning of a TBF for acknowledged mode in the extended service area of an extended cell. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation. The values range from 1 to 9. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter MCEA= Value 1 2 3 . . . 8 9 Explanation MCS-1 is used. MCS-2 is used. MCS-3 is used. . . . MCS-8 is used. MCS-9 is used.
The parameter is valid only for UltraSite and Flexi EDGE BTSs. initial MCS for ext area unacknowledged mode <option> MCEU = decimal number With this parameter you define the initial EGPRS coding scheme to be used for RLC unacknowledged mode in the extended service area of an extended cell. The values range from 1 to 9. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258f
143
Parameter MCEA=
Value 1 2 3 . . . 8 9
Explanation MCS-1 is used. MCS-2 is used. MCS-3 is used. . . . MCS-8 is used. MCS-9 is used.
The parameter is valid only for UltraSite and Flexi EDGE BTSs. network service entity identifier <option> NSEI = decimal number With this parameter you manually select the network service entity identifier to which the BTS/SEG is connected. If you give this parameter, the PCU selection algorithm is not used. You can give this parameter only when the parameter GPRS enabled (GENA) is changed from value N to Y. The routing area must be created and the NSEI must exist on the routing area the BTS/SEG is using. If you give this parameter, you cannot give parameters TRAT or PSEI. transport type <option> With this parameter you manually select the transport type of the NSEI which the BTS/SEG uses. This parameter is used in the PCU selection algorithm. You can give this parameter only when the parameter GPRS enabled (GENA) is set to Y. The default is that no transport type is preferred in NSEI selection. If you give this parameter, you cannot give parameters NSEI or PSEI.
Parameter TRAT= Value IP FR ANY Explanation NSEI which uses IP transport is selected. NSEI which uses FR transport is selected. No transport type is preferred in NSEI selection.
packet service entity identifier <option> PSEI = decimal number With this parameter you identify the PSE object in the BSC. You can give this parameter only when the parameter GPRS enabled (GENA) is set to Y. If you give this parameter, you cannot give parameters NSEI or TRAT. The values range from 0 to 99.
144
Id:0900d8058080258f
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
BTS uplink throughput factor for CS1-CS4 TFU = decimal number With this parameter you indicate typical throughput per time-slot in the BTS, depending on the direction and (M)CS. The parameter is used when comparing the TSL capacities between different BTSs. The values range from 0 to 100 kbit/s. BTS downlink throughput factor for CS1-CS4 TFD = decimal number With this parameter you indicate typical throughput per time-slot in the BTS, depending on the direction and (M)CS. The parameter is used when comparing the TSL capacities between different BTSs. The values range from 0 to 100 kbit/s. BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS4 TFUM1 = decimal number With this parameter you indicate typical throughput per time-slot in the BTS, depending on the direction and (M)CS. The parameter is used when comparing the TSL capacities between different BTSs. The values range from 0 to 100 kbit/s. BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9 TFUM = decimal number With this parameter you indicate typical throughput per time-slot in the BTS, depending on the direction and (M)CS. The parameter is used when comparing the TSL capacities between different BTSs. The values range from 0 to 100 kbit/s. BTS downlink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9 TFDM = decimal number With this parameter you indicate typical throughput per time-slot in the BTS, depending on the direction and (M)CS. The parameter is used when comparing the TSL capacities between different BTSs. The values range from 0 to 100 kbit/s. EGPRS inactivity alarm weekdays <option> With this parameter you determine the day of week when the EGPRS inactivity alarm is enabled. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character &. The values are:
Parameter EAW= Value ALL MO . . . SU MTF NONE Explanation every day of the week Monday . . . Sunday Monday through Friday disabled
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258f
145
EGPRS inactivity alarm start time <option> With this parameter you determine the time of day when the EGPRS inactivity alarm is enabled. The values are:
Parameter EAS= Value 00-00 Explanation The time can be defined with the accuracy of 15 minutes. . . . The time can be defined with the accuracy of 15 minutes.
. . . 23-45
Note that the EGPRS inactivity alarm start time must be smaller than the EGPRS inactivity alarm end time. EGPRS inactivity alarm end time <option> With this parameter you determine the time of day when the EGPRS inactivity alarm is disabled. The values are:
Parameter EAE= Value 00-00 . . . 23-45 Explanation The time can be defined in 15 minutes resolution. . . . The time can be defined with the accuracy of 15 minutes.
Note that the EGPRS inactivity alarm start time must be smaller than the EGPRS inactivity alarm end time. DLDC enabled <option> With this parameter you define whether the Downlink Dual Carrier (DLDC) is used in the BTS or not.
Parameter DCENA= Value Y N Explanation Downlink dual carrier is enabled. Downlink dual carrier is disabled.
146
Id:0900d8058080258f
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
The parameter is valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs. Note that EGPRS must be enabled in the BTS when enabling DLDC. DTM enabled <option> With this parameter you define whether the cell supports Dual Transfer Mode or not.
Parameter DENA= Value Y N Explanation Dual transfer mode is enabled. Dual transfer mode is disabled.
Note that GPRS must be enabled in the BTS when enabling DTM. DTM cannot be enabled at the same time when modifying parameters that require GPRS disabling. Examples 1. Modify the routing area code, dedicated GPRS capacity, and the default GPRS capacity for BTS-20. ZEQV:BTS=20:GENA=N,RAC=1,CDED=50,CDEF=50; 2. Modify the routing area code of BTS-21. The BTS is unlocked. ZEQV:BTS=21:RAC=10; Additional information
Parameter EGENA CDED CDEF CMAX CS34 DCSA UCSA DCSU UCSU DCSEA DCSEU UCSEA UCSEU ALA
Name EGPRS enabled dedicated GPRS capacity default GPRS capacity max GPRS capacity coding schemes CS3 and CS4 enabled DL coding scheme in acknowledged mode UL coding scheme in acknowledged mode DL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode UL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode DL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode DL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode UL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode UL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode adaptive LA algorithm
Table 11
BTS-specific parameters in command V
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258f
147
Parameter TFU TFD TFUM1 TFUM TFDM EAW EAS EAE DCENA PUTD
Name BTS uplink throughput factor for CS1-CS4 BTS downlink throughput factor for CS1CS4 BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1MCS4 BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1MCS9 BTS downlink throughput factor for MCS1MCS9 EGPRS inactivity alarm weekdays EGPRS inactivity alarm start time EGPRS inactivity alarm end time DLDC enabled PCU up to date
Table 11
BTS-specific parameters in command V (Cont.)
Parameter GENA RAC BFG DLA ULA DLB ULB DLBH ULBH COD CODH MCA MCU BLA BLU MBG MBP ELA NSEI
Name GPRS enabled routing area code prefer BCCH frequency GPRS DL adaptation probability threshold UL adaptation probability threshold DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop coding scheme no hop coding scheme hop initial MCS for acknowledged mode initial MCS for unacknowledged mode maximum BLER in acknowledged mode maximum BLER in unacknowledged mode mean BEP offset GMSK mean BEP offset 8PSK EGPRS link adaptation enabled network service entity identifier
Table 12
SEG-specific parameters in command V
148
Id:0900d8058080258f
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Parameter TRAT PSEI EXGENA EXKEEP MCEA MCEU DENA
Name transport type packet service entity identifier extended cell GPRS/EDGE enabled extended cell location keep period initial MCS for ext area acknowledged mode initial MCS for ext area unacknowledged mode DTM enabled
SEG-specific parameters in command V (Cont.)
1) The execution printout of the command ZEQV:BTS=20:GENA=N,RAC=1,CDEF=50,CDED=50,BFG=2::EAW=MO&WE&FR,EA S=08-00,EAE=18-00:DENA=N; is:
BSC
BSC-LAB
2007-10-19
13:54:32
GPRS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED: ======================================== SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20 BCF-0020 BTS-0020 CENTRUM1 --------------------------- BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO GPRS ENABLE......................................(GENA)... N ROUTING AREA CODE................................(RAC)... 1 EGPRS ENABLE.....................................(EGENA.). N DEDICATED GPRS CAPACITY..........................(CDED)... 50 % DEFAULT GPRS CAPACITY............................(CDEF)... 50 % MAX GPRS CAPACITY................................(CMAX)....50 % PREFER BCCH FREQUENCY GPRS.......................(BFG).... 2 DL adaptation PROBABILITY THRESHOLD..............(DLA).... 20 % UL adaptation PROBABILITY THRESHOLD..............(ULA).... 10 % UL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION NO HOP.......(DLB).... 68 % DL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION NO HOP.......(ULB).... 87 % DL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION HOP..........(DLBH)... 11 % DL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION HOP..........(ULBH)... 24 % CODING SCHEME NO HOP.............................(COD).... 2 CODING SCHEME HOP................................(CODH)... 0 INITIAL MCS FOR ACKNOWLEDGED MODE................(MCA).... 9 INITIAL MCS FOR UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..............(MCU).... 6 MAXIMUM BLER IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE................(BLA).... 90 % MAXIMUM BLER IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..............(BLU).... 10(1%) MEAN BEP OFFSET GMSK.............................(MBG).... 4
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258f
149
MEAN BEP OFFSET 8PSK.............................(MBP).... EGPRS LINK ADAPTATION ENABLED....................(ELA).... CODING SCHEMES CS3 AND CS4 ENABLED...............(CS34)... DL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE............(DCSA)... UL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE............(UCSA)... DL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..........(DCSU)... UL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..........(UCSU)... ADAPTIVE LA ALGORITHM............................(ALA).... EXTENDED CELL GPRS/EDGE ENABLED..................(EXGENA). EXTENDED CELL LOCATION KEEP PERIOD...............(EXKEEP). DL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE...(DCSEA).. UL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE...(UCSEA).. DL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.(DCSEU).. UL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.(UCSEU).. INITIAL MCS FOR EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE.......(MCEA)... INITIAL MCS FOR EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.....(MCEU)... BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR CS1-CS4.............(TFU).... BTS DL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR CS1-CS4.............(TFD).... BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS4...........(TFUM1).. BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS9...........(TFUM)... BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS9...........(TFDM)... EGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM WEEKDAYS..................(EAW).... EGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM START TIME................(EAS).... EGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM END TIME..................(EAE).... DLDC ENABLED.....................................(DCENA).. PCU UP TO DATE...................................(PUTD)... DTM ENABLED......................................(DENA)... BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED 2) The execution printout of the command
4 2 N 1 1 1 1 Y N 15 s 1 1 1 1 1 1 12 kbit/s 12 kbit/s 16 kbit/s 30 kbit/s 30 kbit/s MO WE FR 08-00 18-00 N N N
ZEQV:BTS=21:GENA=Y,RAC=10,BFG=1,EXKEEP=10::EAW=MO&WE&FR,EAS=0800, EAE=18-00:DENA=Y; is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-10-19 13:54:32
GPRS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED: ======================================== SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20 BCF-0020 BTS-0021 CENTRUM2 ------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR GPRS ENABLED.....................................(GENA)... Y PACKET SERVICE ENTITY IDENTIFIER..............(PSEI)... 13 SERVING PCU BCSU INDEX...................................... 0
150
Id:0900d8058080258f
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
PCU INDEX....................................... 3 PCU ID.......................................... 2 PCU OBJECT STATE................................ WORKING BSSGP VIRTUAL CONNECTION IDENTIFIER...........(BVCI)... 10020 NETWORK SERVICE ENTITY IDENTIFIERS AND BVC'S OP.STATES IN NSE: (NSEI)... 00001 (BVC)... WO-EX (NSEI)... 00004 (BVC)... WO-EX (NSEI)... 00235 (BVC)... BL-SY (NSEI)... 01325 (BVC)... BL-SY (NSEI)... 21473 (BVC)... WO-EX (NSEI)... 23453 (BVC)... WO-EX (NSEI)... 34733 (BVC)... BL-SY (NSEI)... 46326 (BVC)... BL-SY ROUTING AREA CODE................................(RAC).... 10 EGPRS ENABLED....................................(EGENA).. N DEDICATED GPRS CAPACITY..........................(CDED)... 50 % DEFAULT GPRS CAPACITY............................(CDEF)... 50 % MAX GPRS CAPACITY................................(CMAX)....50 % PREFER BCCH FREQUENCY GPRS.......................(BFG).... 1 DL adaptation PROBABILITY THRESHOLD..............(DLA).... 20 % UL adaptation PROBABILITY THRESHOLD..............(ULA).... 10 % UL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION NO HOP.......(DLB).... 68 % DL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION NO HOP.......(ULB).... 87 % DL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION HOP..........(DLBH)... 11 % DL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION HOP..........(ULBH)... 24 % CODING SCHEME NO HOP.............................(COD).... 2 CODING SCHEME HOP................................(CODH)... 0 INITIAL MCS FOR ACKNOWLEDGED MODE................(MCA).... 9 INITIAL MCS FOR UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..............(MCU).... 6 MAXIMUM BLER IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE................(BLA).... 90 % MAXIMUM BLER IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..............(BLU).... 10(1%) MEAN BEP OFFSET GMSK.............................(MBG).... 4 MEAN BEP OFFSET 8PSK.............................(MBP).... 4 EGPRS LINK ADAPTATION ENABLED....................(ELA).... 2 CODING SCHEMES CS3 AND CS4 ENABLED...............(CS34)... Y DL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE............(DCSA)... 6 UL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE............(UCSA)... 7 DL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..........(DCSU)... 3 UL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..........(UCSU)... 2 ADAPTIVE LA ALGORITHM............................(ALA).... Y EXTENDED CELL GPRS/EDGE ENABLED..................(EXGENA). N EXTENDED CELL LOCATION KEEP PERIOD...............(EXKEEP). 10 s DL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE...(DCSEA).. 1 UL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE...(UCSEA).. 1 DL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.(DCSEU).. 1 UL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.(UCSEU).. 1 INITIAL MCS FOR EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE.......(MCEA)... 1 INITIAL MCS FOR EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.....(MCEU)... 1 BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR CS1-CS4.............(TFU).... 12 kbit/s BTS DL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR CS1-CS4.............(TFD).... 12 kbit/s BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS4...........(TFUM1).. 16 kbit/s
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058080258f
151
BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS9...........(TFUM)... BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS9...........(TFDM)... EGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM WEEKDAYS..................(EAW).... EGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM START TIME................(EAS).... EGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM END TIME..................(EAE).... DLDC ENABLED.....................................(DCENA).. PCU UP TO DATE...................................(PUTD)... DTM ENABLED......................................(DENA)... BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED Semantic error messages Execution error messages
30 kbit/s 30 kbit/s MO WE FR 08-00 18-00 N N Y
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, seeGeneral Notice Messages of MML Session. If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, seeRadio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
152
Id:0900d8058080258f
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQN MODIFY GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS

Function Parameters With this command you modify GPRS control parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database). BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: NCCR rxlev transfer mode window size <option>, NCCR rxlev idle mode window size <option>, NCCR number of zero results <option>, NCCR other PCU cell offset <option>, QC GPRS DL RLC ack throughput threshold, QC GPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold, QC EGPRS DL RLC ack throughput threshold, QC EGPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold;
Syntax
EQN : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) : ( NRTW = <NCCR rxlev transfer mode window size> <option> | NRIW = <NCCR rxlev idle mode window size> <option> | NNZR = <NCCR number of zero results> <option> | NOPO = <NCCR other PCU cell offset> <option> | QGDRT = <QC GPRS DL ack throughput threshold> | QGURT = <QC GPRS UL ack throughput threshold> | QEDRT = <QC EGPRS DL ack throughput threshold> | QEURT = <QC EGPRS UL ack throughput threshold> ) ... ;
BTS identification BTS = decimal number With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME. You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME. BTS name NAME = text string With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME. You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME. SEG identification <option> SEG = decimal number With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1df
153
You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS. SEG name <option> SEGNAME = text string With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG. You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS. NCCR rxlev transfer mode window size <option> NRTW = decimal number With this parameter you define the window size when averaging RXLEV values in transfer mode. The values range from 0 to 10. NCCR rxlev idle mode window size <option> NRIW = decimal number With this parameter you define the window size when averaging RXLEV values in idle mode. The values range from 0 to 10. NCCR number of zero results <option> NNZR = decimal number With this parameter you define the number of zero results that can be omitted when the measurement results of the adjacent cells are averaged. The values range from 0 to 10. NCCR other PCU cell offset <option> NOPO = decimal number With this parameter you define the used offset for power budget NCCR criterion of the neighbour cells under control of different PCU than the serving cell. The values range from 0 to 14 dB by steps of 2 dB. QC GPRS DL RLC ack throughput threshold QGDRT = decimal number With this parameter you define a threshold to trigger QC actions for acknowledged mode downlink TBF. The values range from 0 to 20 kbit/s. QC GPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold QGURT = decimal number With this parameter you define a threshold to trigger QC actions for acknowledged mode uplink TBF. The values range from 0 to 20 kbit/s. QC EGPRS DL RLC ack throughput threshold QEDRT = decimal number With this parameter you define a threshold to trigger QC actions for acknowledged mode downlink TBF. The values range from 0 to 20 kbit/s.
154
Id:0900d8058061d1df
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
QC EGPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold QEURT = decimal number With this parameter you define a threshold to trigger QC actions for acknowledged mode uplink TBF. The values range from 0 to 20 kbit/s. Examples 1. Modify the NCCR Rxlev transfer mode window size for BTS 32. ZEQN:BTS=32:NRTW=6; 2. Modify the NCCR number of zero results for segment 105. ZEQN:SEG=105:NNZR=3; Execution printouts The execution printout of the command example 1 is:
DX 200 DX220-LAB 2007-06-18 18:04:34 GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED: ========================================= SEG-0032 BIGCENTRUM32 BCF-0021 BTS-0032 CENTRUM32 ------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO NCCR RXLEV TRANSFER MODE WINDOW SIZE...........(NRTW)... NCCR RXLEV IDLE MODE WINDOW SIZE...............(NRIW)... NCCR NUMBER OF ZERO RESULTS....................(NNZR)... NCCR OTHER PCU CELL OFFSET.....................(NOPO)... QC GPRS DL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD........(QGDRT).. QC GPRS UL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD........(QGURT).. QC EGPRS DL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD.......(QEDRT).. QC EGPRS UL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD.......(QEURT).. BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED The execution printout of the command example 2 is: DX 200 DX220-LAB 2007-07-13 10:46:44 GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED: ========================================= SEG-0105 BIGCENTRUM1 BCF-0101 BTS-0112 CENTRUM112 BCF-0101 BTS-0113 CENTRUM113 BCF-0103 BTS-0125 CENTRUM125 ------------------------------------NCCR RXLEV TRANSFER MODE WINDOW SIZE...........(NRTW)... 7 NCCR RXLEV IDLE MODE WINDOW SIZE...............(NRIW)... 6 6 3 4 08 6 6 10 10
dB kbit/s kbit/s kbit/s kbit/s
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1df
155
NCCR NUMBER OF ZERO RESULTS....................(NNZR)... NCCR OTHER PCU CELL OFFSET.....................(NOPO)... QC GPRS DL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD........(QGDRT).. QC GPRS UL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD........(QGURT).. QC EGPRS DL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD.......(QEDRT).. QC EGPRS UL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD.......(QEURT).. BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED Semantic error messages Execution error messages
3 04 6 6 10 10
dB kbit/s kbit/s kbit/s kbit/s
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session. If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Error Messages of System.
156
Id:0900d8058061d1df
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQX MODIFY DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS <option>

Function Parameters With this command you modify data service parameters. The command is optional. BTS identification, BTS name , SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: HSCSD TCH capacity minimum, HSCSD cell load upper limit, HSCSD cell load lower limit, HSCSD regular cell load upper limit, HSCSD upgrade guard time, HSCSD downgrade guard time, HSCSD upgrade gain, HSCSD minimum exhaust; EQX : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) : ( HTM = <HSCSD TCH capacity minimum> | HCU = <HSCSD cell load upper limit> | HCL = <HSCSD cell load lower limit> | HRCU = <HSCSD regular cell load upper limit> | HUT = <HSCSD upgrade guard time> | HDT = <HSCSD downgrade guard time> | HUG = <HSCSD upgrade gain> | HME = <HSCSD minimum exhaust> ) ... ; <option> Parameter explanations BTS identification BTS = decimal number With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command X in section Additional information. BTS name NAME = text string With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command X in section Additional information. SEG identification <option> SEG = decimal number With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.
Syntax
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1e2
157
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command X in section Additional information. SEG name <option> SEGNAME = text string With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command X in section Additional information. HSCSD TCH capacity minimum HTM = decimal number With this parameter you determine the minimum TCH capacity in percent which is offered to HSCSD (High Speed Circuit Switched Data) calls in the cell. In low traffic load situation, the HSCSD calls can have more TCHs than indicated by the parameter. Also, the minimum HSCSD capacity may not always be reached due to single-slot traffic congestion. The values range from 0 to 100%. HSCSD cell load upper limit HCU = decimal number With this parameter you determine the upper limit in percent for cell load when the multislot TCH allocation is stopped and the single-slot allocation is started for the HSCSD (High Speed Circuit Switched Data) calls. When the cell load is greater than the upper limit and the minimum HSCSD capacity is reached, only one channel is allocated for new non-transparent HSCSD calls, transparent HSCSD calls are not started and one of the current HSCSD calls is downgraded for every incoming call. Downgradings are stopped and transparent HSCSD calls are allowed when either the number of HSCSD TCHs drops below the minimum HSCSD capacity or the cell load decreases below the upper limit. The values range from 0 to 100%. HSCSD cell load lower limit HCL = decimal number With this parameter you determine the lower limit in percent for cell load when the singleslot TCH allocation is stopped and the multi-slot allocation is started and resource upgrades are allowed for the HSCSD (High Speed Circuit Switched Data) calls. The values range from 0 to 100%. HSCSD regular cell load upper limit HRCU = decimal number With this parameter you determine the upper limit in percent for the cell load in the IUO regular frequency area when the multi-slot TCH allocation is stopped and the single-slot
158
Id:0900d8058061d1e2
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
allocation is started for the HSCSD calls. Resource upgrades are not done in the IUO regular frequency area. The values range from 0 to 100%. HSCSD upgrade guard time HUT = decimal number With this parameter you determine the guard time before a resource upgrade for a HSCSD call is executed after call setup, handover, ALA, resource upgrade, or resource downgrade. If you set the parameter to value 0, resource upgrade is not done. The values range from 0 to 65535 seconds. HSCSD downgrade guard time HDT = decimal number With this parameter you determine the guard time before a resource downgrade for a HSCSD call is executed after call setup, handover, ALA, resource upgrade, or resource downgrade. If you set the parameter to value 0, resource downgrade is not done. The values range from 0 to 65535 seconds. HSCSD upgrade gain HUG = decimal number With this parameter you determine the data rate gain which must be achieved before the resource upgrade can be done even though the upgrade guard time is not over. The values are:
Parameter HUG = Value 0% 33 % 50 % 100 % Explanation No upgrade during guard time. Upgrade during guard time if gain is at least 33%. Upgrade during guard time if gain is at least 50%. Upgrade during guard time if gain is 100%.
HSCSD minimum exhaust HME = decimal number With this parameter you determine how much the data rate should decrease at least during the downgrade of an HSCSD call. The values range from 1 - 4:
Parameter HME = Value 1 2 Explanation One TCH is always released in downgrade. Downgrade is made from four to two, three to two, two to one TCHs.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1e2
159
Parameter
Value 3
Explanation Downgrade is made from four to two, three to one, two to one TCHs. Only one TCH is always left after downgrade.
TCHs after downgrade: H1 M2 E 3 4 432 321 221 211 111 TCHs before TCHs after downgrade
Figure 13 Examples
TCHs after downgrade
1. Set BTS-8's HSCSD downgrade guard time to 25 seconds. ZEQX:BTS=8:HDT=25; 2. Set BTS CENTRUM1's HSCSD cell load upper limit to 80%. ZEQX:NAME=CENTRUM1:HCU=80;
Parameter HTM HCU HCL HRCU
Name HSCSD TCH capacity minimum HSCSD cell load upper limit HSCSD cell load lower limit HSCSD regular cell load upper limit
Table 13
BTS-specific parameters in command X
Parameter HUT HDT HUG HME
Name HSCSD upgrade guard time HSCSD downgrade guard time HSCSD upgrade gain HSCSD minimum exhaust
SEG-specific parameters in command X
The execution printout of the command ZEQX:BTS=16:HTM=35; is:
DX 200
DX220-LAB
2007-11-29
08:21:34
DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:
160
Id:0900d8058061d1e2
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
======================================================== SEG-0002 BIGCENTRUM2 BCF-0002 BTS-0016 CENTRUM16 -----------------------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR HSCSD TCH CAPACITY MINIMUM...............(HTM).... 35 % HSCSD CELL LOAD UPPER LIMIT..............(HCU).... 100 % HSCSD CELL LOAD LOWER LIMIT..............(HCL).... 100 % HSCSD REGULAR CELL LOAD UPPER LIMIT......(HRCU)... 100 % HSCSD UPGRADE GUARD TIME.................(HUT).... 0 s HSCSD DOWNGRADE GUARD TIME...............(HDT).... 0 s HSCSD UPGRADE GAIN.......................(HUG).... 0 % HSCSD MINIMUM EXHAUST....................(HME).... 1 BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED Semantic error messages Execution error messages If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session. If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1e2
161
EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>

Function With this command you modify the BTS adaptive multi-rate speech codec (AMR) parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database). The command is optional and is supported by the following BTS generation types: Talk-family, PrimeSite, MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio. BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: AMR radio link timeout, AMR HR radio link timeout <option>, AMR FR codec mode set, AMR HR codec mode set, AMR-WB codec mode set: AMR FR start mode, AMR FR initial codec mode indicator (ICMI), AMR FR DL threshold 1, AMR FR DL threshold 2, AMR FR DL threshold 3, AMR FR UL threshold 1, AMR FR UL threshold 2, AMR FR UL threshold 3, AMR FR hysteresis 1, AMR FR hysteresis 2, AMR FR hysteresis 3, AMR HR start mode, AMR HR initial codec mode indicator (ICMI), AMR HR DL threshold 1, AMR HR DL threshold 2, AMR HR DL threshold 3, AMR HR UL threshold 1, AMR HR UL threshold 2 , AMR HR UL threshold 3, AMR HR hysteresis 1, AMR HR hysteresis 2, AMR HR hysteresis 3, AMR-WB FR threshold 1, AMR-WB FR threshold 2, AMR-WB FR hysteresis 1, AMR-WB FR hysteresis 2; EQY : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> | SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) : ( ARLT = <AMR radio link timeout> | AHRLT = <AMR HR radio link timeout> <option> | FRC = <AMR FR codec mode set> ... | HRC = <AMR HR codec mode set> ... | ACMS = <AMR-WB codec mode set> ) : ( FRS = <AMR FR start mode> | FRI = <AMR FR initial codec FRTD1 = <AMR FR DL threshold FRTD2 = <AMR FR DL threshold FRTD3 = <AMR FR DL threshold FRTU1 = <AMR FR UL threshold FRTU2 = <AMR FR UL threshold FRTU3 = <AMR FR UL threshold FRH1 = <AMR FR hysteresis 1> FRH2 = <AMR FR hysteresis 2> FRH3 = <AMR FR hysteresis 3> HRS = <AMR HR start mode> | HRI = <AMR HR initial codec HRTD1 = <AMR HR DL threshold HRTD2 = <AMR HR DL threshold HRTD3 = <AMR HR DL threshold HRTU1 = <AMR HR UL threshold HRTU2 = <AMR HR UL threshold HRTU3 = <AMR HR UL threshold HRH1 = <AMR HR hysteresis 1>
Parameters
Syntax
mode indicator (ICMI)> | 1> | 2> | 3> | 1> | 2> | 3> | | | | mode indicator (ICMI)> | 1> | 2> | 3> | 1> | 2> | 3> | |
162
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
HRH2 = <AMR HR hysteresis 2> | HRH3 = <AMR HR hysteresis 3> AFRT1 = <AMR-WB FR threshold 1> | AFRT2 = <AMR-WB FR threshold 2> | AFRH1 = <AMR-WB FR hysteresis 1> | AFRH2 = <AMR-WB FR hysteresis 2> ) ... ; <option> Parameter explanations BTS identification BTS = decimal number With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter NAME. BTS name NAME = text string With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter BTS. SEG identification <option> SEG = decimal number With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME. SEG name <option> SEGNAME = text string With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG. AMR radio link timeout ARLT = decimal number With this parameter you define the maximum value of the radio link counter expressed in SACCH blocks for AMR connections. The values range from 4 to 64 blocks, and can be changed by 4-block steps at a time. AMR HR radio link timeout <option> AHRLT = decimal number With this parameter you define the maximum value of the radio link counter expressed in SACCH blocks for AMR HR connections. The values range from 4 to 64 blocks, and can be changed by 4-block steps at a time. AMR FR codec mode set FRC = decimal number
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
163
With this parameter you define the codec mode set for a full rate channel. If the parameter is defined as disabled, the whole codec mode set is disabled. The values are 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128 and you can give 0 - 4 values at the same time by using the grouping character &. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter FRC= Value 0 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 Explanation disabled 4.75 kbit/s 5.15 kbit/s 5.90 kbit/s 6.70 kbit/s 7.40 kbit/s 7.95 kbit/s 10.2 kbit/s 12.2 kbit/s
If the parameter is defined as disabled, other AMR FR set related parameters (thresholds, hystereses, ICMI, and start mode) are set as 0.
g From base transceiver station (BTS) software release DF6.0 onwards, Talk-family
and PrimeSite base station (BTS) software supports adaptive multi-rate (AMR) fullrate (FR) speech codec modes 4.75, 5.90, 7.40, and 12.2 kbit/s only. AMR HR codec mode set HRC = decimal number With this parameter you define the codec mode set for a half rate channel. If the parameter is defined as disabled, the whole codec mode set is disabled. The values are 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 and you can give 0 - 4 values at the same time by using the grouping character &. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter HRC= Value 0 1 2 4 8 16 Explanation disabled 4.75 kbit/s 5.15 kbit/s 5.90 kbit/s 6.70 kbit/s 7.40 kbit/s
If the parameter is defined as disabled, other AMR HR set related parameters (thresholds, hystereses, ICMI, and start mode) are set as 0.
164
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
g From base transceiver station (BTS) software release DF6.0 onwards, Talk-family
and PrimeSite base station (BTS) software supports adaptive multi-rate (AMR) halfrate (HR) speech codec modes 4.75, 5.90, and 7.40 kbit/s only. AMR-WB codec mode set With this parameter you define whether the AMR-WB codec mode set is enabled or disabled.
Parameter ACMS = Value N Y Explanation AMR-WB FR codec mode set is disabled AMR-WB FR codec mode set is enabled
The parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs. AMR FR start mode With this parameter you define explicitly the initial codec mode used by the mobile station. The parameter has the following values:
Parameter FRS = Value 00 01 10 11 Explanation codec mode 1 codec mode 2 codec mode 3 codec mode 4
If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0. AMR FR start mode can be set to be smaller than or equal to the number of codecs in the AMR FR codec mode set. For example, the AMR FR codec mode set contains 3 codec modes and, therefore, the actual range of AMR FR start mode is from 1 to 3. AMR FR initial codec mode indicator (ICMI) With this parameter you define whether the initial codec mode used by the mobile station is defined explicitly in the AMR codec mode set or if it is implicitly derived by the mobile station from the number of codec modes in the AMR codec mode set. The parameter has the following values:
Parameter FRI = Value 0 Explanation Initial codec mode is defined by the implicit rule provided in GSM 05.09. Initial codec mode is defined by the Start Mode field.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
165
If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0. If the parameter is defined as 0, the AMR FR start mode parameter is set as 00. AMR FR DL threshold 1 FRTD1 = decimal number With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0. If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR FR downlink threshold 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR downlink threshold 2. The values range from 0 to 63. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter FRTD1= Value 0 1 2 . . . 62 63 Explanation 0.0 dB 0.5 dB 1.0 dB . . . 31.0 dB 31.5 dB
AMR FR DL threshold 2 FRTD2 = decimal number With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0. If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR FR downlink threshold 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR downlink threshold 1 and equal to or smaller than AMR FR downlink threshold 3. The values range from 0 to 63. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter FRTD2= Value 0 1 2 . . . Explanation 0.0 dB 0.5 dB 1.0 dB . . .
166
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Parameter
Value 62 63
Explanation 31.0 dB 31.5 dB
AMR FR DL threshold 3 FRTD3 = decimal number With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0. If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR FR downlink threshold 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR downlink threshold 2. The values range from 0 to 63. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter FRTD3= Value 0 1 2 . . . 62 63 Explanation 0.0 dB 0.5 dB 1.0 dB . . . 31.0 dB 31.5 dB
AMR FR UL threshold 1 FRTU1 = decimal number With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0. If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR FR uplink threshold 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR uplink threshold 2. The values range from 0 to 63. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter FRTU1= Value 0 1 2 . . . Explanation 0.0 dB 0.5 dB 1.0 dB . . .
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
167
Parameter
Value 62 63
Explanation 31.0 dB 31.5 dB
AMR FR UL threshold 2 FRTU2 = decimal number With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0. If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR FR uplink threshold 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR uplink threshold 1 and equal to or smaller than AMR FR uplink threshold 3. The values range from 0 to 63. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter FRTU2= Value 0 1 2 . . . 62 63 Explanation 0.0 dB 0.5 dB 1.0 dB . . . 31.0 dB 31.5 dB
AMR FR UL threshold 3 FRTU3 = decimal number With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0. If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR FR uplink threshold 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR uplink threshold 2. The values range from 0 to 63. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter FRTU3= Value 0 1 2 . . Explanation 0.0 dB 0.5 dB 1.0 dB . .
168
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Parameter
Value . 62 63
Explanation . 31.0 dB 31.5 dB
AMR FR hysteresis 1 FRH1 = decimal number With this parameter, together with AMR FR DL threshold 1 or AMR FR UL threshold 1, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0. If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR FR downlink threshold 1 + AMR FR hysteresis 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR downlink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2. AMR FR uplink threshold 1 + AMR FR hysteresis 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR uplink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2. The values range from 0 to 15. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter FRH1= Value 0 1 2 . . . 14 15 Explanation 0.0 dB 0.5 dB 1.0 dB . . . 7.0 dB 7.5 dB
AMR FR hysteresis 2 FRH2 = decimal number With this parameter, together with AMR FR DL threshold 2 or AMR FR UL threshold 2, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0. If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR FR downlink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR downlink threshold 1 + AMR FR hysteresis 1. AMR FR uplink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR uplink threshold 1 + AMR FR hysteresis 1. AMR FR downlink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR downlink threshold 3 + AMR FR hysteresis 3.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
169
AMR FR uplink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR uplink threshold 3 + AMR FR hysteresis 3. The values range from 0 to 15. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
AMR FR hysteresis 3 FRH3 = decimal number With this parameter, together with AMR FR DL threshold 3 or AMR FR UL threshold 3, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 4 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0. If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR FR downlink threshold 3 + AMR FR hysteresis 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR downlink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2. AMR FR uplink threshold 3 + AMR FR hysteresis 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR uplink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2. The values range from 0 to 15. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
AMR HR start mode With this parameter you explicitly define the initial codec mode used by the mobile station. The parameter has the following values:
170
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Parameter HRS =
Value 00 01 10 11
Explanation Codec mode 1 Codec mode 2 Codec mode 3 Codec mode 4
If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 00. AMR HR start mode can be set to be smaller than or equal to the number of codecs in the AMR HR codec mode set. For example, the AMR HR codec mode set contains 3 codec modes and, therefore, the actual range of AMR HR start mode is from 1 to 3. The exception is that 7.40 kbit/s cannot be used as the initial codec mode. AMR HR initial codec mode indicator (ICMI) With this parameter you define whether the initial codec mode used by the mobile station is defined explicitly in the AMR codec mode set or is it implicitly derived by the mobile station from the number of codec modes in the AMR codec mode set. The parameter has the following values:
Parameter HRI = Value 0 Explanation Initial codec mode is defined by the implicit rule provided in GSM 05.09. Initial codec mode is defined by the Start Mode field.
If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0. If the parameter is defined as 0, the AMR HR start mode parameter is set as 00. AMR HR DL threshold 1 HRTD1 = decimal number With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0. If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR HR downlink threshold 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR downlink threshold 2. The values range from 0 to 63. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter HRTD1= Value 0 1 2 . Explanation 0.0 dB 0.5 dB 1.0 dB .
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
171
Parameter
Value . . 62 63
Explanation . . 31.0 dB 31.5 dB
AMR HR DL threshold 2 HRTD2 = decimal number With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0. If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR HR downlink threshold 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR downlink threshold 1 and equal to or smaller than AMR HR downlink threshold 3. The values range from 0 to 63. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter HRTD2= Value 0 1 2 . . . 62 63 Explanation 0.0 dB 0.5 dB 1.0 dB . . . 31.0 dB 31.5 dB
AMR HR DL threshold 3 HRTD3 = decimal number With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0. If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR HR downlink threshold 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR downlink threshold 2. The values range from 0 to 63. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter HRTD3= Value 0 1 Explanation 0.0 dB 0.5 dB
172
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Parameter
Value 2 . . . 62 63
Explanation 1.0 dB . . . 31.0 dB 31.5 dB
AMR HR UL threshold 1 HRTU1 = decimal number With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0. If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR HR uplink threshold 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR uplink threshold 2. The values range from 0 to 63. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter HRTU1= Value 0 1 2 . . . 62 63 Explanation 0.0 dB 0.5 dB 1.0 dB . . . 31.0 dB 31.5 dB
AMR HR UL threshold 2 HRTU2 = decimal number With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0. If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR HR uplink threshold 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR uplink threshold 1 and equal to or smaller than AMR HR uplink threshold 3. The values range from 0 to 63. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter HRTU2= Value 0 1 Explanation 0.0 dB 0.5 dB
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
173
Parameter
Value 2 . . . 62 63
Explanation 1.0 dB . . . 31.0 dB 31.5 dB
AMR HR UL threshold 3 HRTU3 = decimal number With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0. If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR HR uplink threshold 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR uplink threshold 2. The values range from 0 to 63. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter HRTU3= Value 0 1 2 . . . 62 63 Explanation 0.0 dB 0.5 dB 1.0 dB . . . 31.0 dB 31.5 dB
AMR HR hysteresis 1 HRH1 = decimal number With this parameter, together with AMR HR DL threshold 1 or AMR HR UL threshold 1, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0. If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR HR downlink threshold 1 + AMR HR hysteresis 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR downlink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2. AMR HR uplink threshold 1 + AMR HR hysteresis 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR uplink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2. The values range from 0 to 15. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
174
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Parameter HRH1=
Value 0 1 2 . . . 14 15
Explanation 0.0 dB 0.5 dB 1.0 dB . . . 7.0 dB 7.5 dB
AMR HR hysteresis 2 HRH2 = decimal number With this parameter, together with AMR HR DL threshold 2 or AMR HR UL threshold 2, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0. If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR HR downlink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR downlink threshold 1 + AMR HR hysteresis 1. AMR HR uplink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR uplink threshold 1 + AMR HR hysteresis 1. AMR HR downlink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR downlink threshold 3 + AMR HR hysteresis 3. AMR HR uplink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR uplink threshold 3 + AMR HR hysteresis 3. The values range from 0 to 15. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter HRH2= Value 0 1 2 . . . 14 15 Explanation 0.0 dB 0.5 dB 1.0 dB . . . 7.0 dB 7.5 dB
AMR HR hysteresis 3 HRH3 = decimal number
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
175
With this parameter, together with AMR HR DL threshold 3 or AMR HR UL threshold 3, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 4 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0. If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR HR downlink threshold 3 + AMR HR hysteresis 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR downlink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2. AMR HR uplink threshold 3 + AMR HR hysteresis 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR uplink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2. The values range from 0 to 15. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter HRH3= Value 0 1 2 . . . 14 15 Explanation 0.0 dB 0.5 dB 1.0 dB . . . 7.0 dB 7.5 dB
AMR-WB FR Threshold 1 AFRT1 = decimal number With this parameter you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate). The value of AMR-WB FR Threshold 1 must be equal to or smaller than the value of AMR-WB FR Threshold 2. The values range from 0 to 63. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter AFRT1= Value 0 1 2 . . . 62 63 Explanation 0.0 dB 0.5 dB 1.0 dB . . . 31.0 dB 31.5 dB
176
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
The parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs. AMR-WB FR Threshold 2 AFRT2 = decimal number With this parameter you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). The value of AMR-WB FR Threshold 2 must be equal to or greater than the value of AMR-WB FR Threshold 1. The values range from 0 to 63. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter AFRT2= Value 0 1 2 . . . 62 63 Explanation 0.0 dB 0.5 dB 1.0 dB . . . 31.0 dB 31.5 dB
The parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs. AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 1 AFRH1 = decimal number With this parameter, together with AMR-WB FR Threshold 1, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). AMR-WB FR Threshold 1 + AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR-WB FR Threshold 2 + AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 2. The values range from 0 to 15. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter AFRH1= Value 0 1 2 . . . 14 Explanation 0.0 dB 0.5 dB 1.0 dB . . . 7.0 dB
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
177
Parameter
Value 15
Explanation 7.5 dB
The parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs. AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 2 AFRH2 = decimal number With this parameter, together with AMR-WB FR Threshold 2, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). AMR-WB FR Threshold 2 + AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR-WB FR Threshold 1 + AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 1. The values range from 0 to 15. The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter AFRH2= Value 0 1 2 . . . 14 15 Explanation 0.0 dB 0.5 dB 1.0 dB . . . 7.0 dB 7.5 dB
The parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs. Examples 1. Modify the adaptive multi rate AMR codec parameters of BTS-20. ZEQY:BTS=20:FRC=2&4&8&16:FRS=11,FRTD1=8,FRTD2=14,FRTD3=22; Additional information There are some restrictions related to the content of the AMR HR codec set: 1. The AMR HR codec mode 7.40 kbit/s cannot be used alone in the AMR HR codec set. At least one codec mode lower than 6.70 kbit/s must be included. 2. The use of AMR HR codec mode 6.70 kbit/s alone or together with the 7.40 kbit/s mode is not recommended in the AMR HR codec set. At least one codec mode lower than 6.70 kbit/s should be included. 3. If the initial codec mode is defined by the AMR HR start mode field, the 7.40 kbit/s mode cannot be used as the initial codec mode. It is not recommended to use the 6.70 kbit/s mode as the initial codec mode. The execution printout of example 1 is: 2007-11-19 13:54:31
Execution printouts BSC BSC-LAB
ADAPTIVE MULTI RATE SPEECH CODEC MODIFY COMPLETED:
178
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
================================================== SEG-0002 BIGCENTRUM2 BCF-0020 BTS-0020 CENTRUM20 ----------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO AMR RADIO LINK TIMEOUT.......................(ARLT).. 12 SACCH BLOCKS AMR HR RADIO LINK TIMEOUT....................(AHRLT). 12 SACCH BLOCKS AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR FR FR FR FR FR FR FR FR FR FR FR FR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR CODEC MODE SET........................(FRC)... START MODE............................(FRS)... INITIAL CODEC MODE INDICATOR (ICMI)...(FRI)... DL THRESHOLD 1........................(FRTD1). DL THRESHOLD 2........................(FRTD2). DL THRESHOLD 3........................(FRTD3). UL THRESHOLD 1........................(FRTU1). UL THRESHOLD 2........................(FRTU2). UL THRESHOLD 3........................(FRTU3). HYSTERESIS 1..........................(FRH1).. HYSTERESIS 2..........................(FRH2).. HYSTERESIS 3..........................(FRH3).. CODEC MODE SET........................(HRC)... START MODE............................(HRS)... INITIAL CODEC MODE INDICATOR (ICMI)...(HRI)... DL THRESHOLD 1........................(HRTD1). DL THRESHOLD 2........................(HRTD2). DL THRESHOLD 3........................(HRTD3). UL THRESHOLD 1........................(HRTU1). UL THRESHOLD 2........................(HRTU2). UL THRESHOLD 3........................(HRTU3). HYSTERESIS 1..........................(HRH1).. HYSTERESIS 2..........................(HRH2).. HYSTERESIS 3..........................(HRH3).. CODEC MODE SET........................(ACMS).. FR THRESHOLD 1........................(AFRT1). FR THRESHOLD 2........................(AFRT2). FR HYSTERESIS 1.......................(AFRH1). FR HYSTERESIS 2.......................(AFRH2). 7.40 6.70 5.90 5.15 00 0 8.0 dB 14.0 dB 22.0 dB 4.0 dB 7.0 dB 11.0 dB 2.0 dB 2.0 dB 2.0 dB 7.40 5.90 00 0 22.0 dB 28.0 dB 0.0 dB 22.0 dB 28.0 dB 0.0 dB 2.0 dB 2.0 dB 0.0 dB N 4.0 7.0 2.0 2.0 4.75 kbit/s
kbit/s
AMR-WB AMR-WB AMR-WB AMR-WB AMR-WB
dB dB dB dB
BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED Semantic error messages If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
179
Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
180
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQQ CHECK IUO INTERFERING CELL <option>

Function Parameters Syntax EQQ : [ BTS = <BTS identification> ... | NAME = <BTS name> ... | SEG = <SEG identification> ... <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> ... <option> ] ; <option> Parameter explanations BTS identification BTS = decimal number With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and &&. BTS name NAME = text string With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character &. SEG identification <option> SEG = decimal number With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character &. SEG name <option> SEGNAME = text string With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character &. Examples 1. Check all IUO interfering cells in BTS-8. ZEQQ:BTS=8; 2. Check IUO interfering cells in BTS 8, 9, 10, and 13. With this command you check the IUO interfering cells. The command is optional. BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>;
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1e9
181
ZEQQ:BTS=8&&10&13; Additional information If the warning TOO MANY INTERFERING CELLS IN SUPER-REUSE FREQUENCY GROUP is given as output, reduce the number of interfering cells in the super-reuse frequency group. The total number of interfering cells allowed is 10 in the same super-reuse frequency group. The total number includes different interfering cells of the super-reuse TRXs which belong to the same super-reuse frequency group. Execution printouts The execution printout of command example 2 is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-22 14:16:42 TOO MANY INTERFERING CELLS IN SUPER-REUSE FREQUENCY GROUP: NUMBER OF INTERFERING CELLS TOTAL ========================================== BTS-0008 FRT-2 19 TRX-001 6 TRX-002 10 TRX-003 3 FRT-16 TRX-005 TRX-006 TRX-007 BTS-0009 FRT-8 TRX-001 TRX-002 TRX-003 COMMAND EXECUTED Semantic error messages Execution error messages If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session. If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Error Messages of System. 7 5 2 14 3 2 6 11
182
Id:0900d8058061d1e9
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

Function Parameters Syntax EQO : ( BTS = <BTS identification> ... | NAME = <BTS name> ... ) | ( LAC = <location area code>, CI = <cell identity> ) | ( SEG = <SEG identification> ... <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> ... <option> ) : [ <parameter group> | <IDE> def ] ; Parameter explanations BTS identification BTS = decimal number With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options. You can enter only one of the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, SEGNAME, or LAC+CI in the same command. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and &&. BTS name NAME = text string With this parameter you identify the base transceiver station by name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. You can enter only one of the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, SEGNAME, or LAC+CI in the same command. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character &. location area code LAC = decimal number With this parameter you identify the location area number of a cell. The values range from 1 to 65533. If you enter this parameter, you must also enter the parameter CI. You can enter only one of the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, SEGNAME, or LAC+CI in the same command. cell identity CI = decimal number With this parameter you identify the cell. The values range from 0 to 65535. If you enter this parameter, you must also enter the parameter LAC. You can enter only one of the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, SEGNAME, or LAC+CI in the same command. With this command you output the BTS, GPC, or SEG-specific parameter groups in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database). BTS identification, BTS name, location area code, cell identity, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: parameter group;
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d80580802591
183
SEG identification <option> SEG = decimal number With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range. You can enter only one of the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, SEGNAME, or LAC+CI in the same command. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and &&. SEG name <option> SEGNAME = text string With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. You can enter only one of the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, SEGNAME, or LAC+CI in the same command. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character &. parameter group With this parameter you define which BTS parameter group is output. IDE CEL RAD QUE CCH INT MIS HOP BCC TRU GPRS DAT AMR GPC ALL BTS identification parameters cell access parameters radio link control DL parameters queuing parameters CCH configuration parameters interference averaging parameters miscellaneous parameters frequency hopping parameters BCCH frequency list usage parameters <option> trunk reservation parameters <option> GPRS parameters <option> data service parameters <option> AMR parameters <option> GPRS control parameters <option> all parameters
The default is the IDE parameter group. Examples 1. Output the BTS identification parameter group of BTSs 1, 16, 17, 18, 19, and 20. ZEQO:BTS=1&16&&20; 2. Output the frequency hopping parameter group of BTSs 1, 2, and 3. ZEQO:BTS=1&&3:HOP; 3. Output all BTS parameters of BTS-10. ZEQO:BTS=10:ALL;
184
Id:0900d80580802591
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
4. Output all BTS parameters of BTSs HIGHWAY1 and CENTRUM1. ZEQO:NAME=HIGHWAY1&CENTRUM1:ALL; Additional information If you deactivate a software product in the PRFILE, although you have specified the corresponding parameter, a warning text is printed out. The software products and their corresponding parameters are:
Software product Directed retry Intelligent DR Dual band GSM/GSM 1800 Enhanced trunk reservation C2 microcell re-select Parameter DR (directed retry used) IDR (intelligent directed retry used) DBC (adjacency on other band) TR (trunk reservation used) PI (cell reselection parameter index)
PRFILE SW products and the corresponding parameters
The abbreviations used in the execution printouts: BB= BL= BL-BCF= BL-BTS= BL-CLK= BL-DGN= BL-PWR= BL-PWS= BL-RSL= BL-RST= BL-SHD= Baseband hopping is used. Blocked. The object is blocked out of use due to a fatal BTS-site-wide failure. The object is blocked out of use due to a fatal sector-wide failure on the BTS site. The object is blocked out of use due to a clock synchronisation failure on the BTS site. The object is blocked temporarily out of use due to base station diagnostic activities. The object is blocked out of use due to a mains power failure or manual TRX power down on the BTS site. The object is blocked out of use due to automatic power down. The object is blocked out of use due to a telecom Abis D-channel link disconnection. The logical radio network object is blocked out of use due to the reset of the corresponding physical radio network equipment. The object will be blocked out of use within a time limit. New call attempts are prohibited via an object in the BL-SHD state and forced handovers are executed for ongoing calls via the object. The object is blocked out of use due to a BCSU unit reset on the BSC. The object is blocked out of use due to File Based Plan Provisioning activation. The radio network management function class of the BSC has blocked the logical object out of use due to ongoing radio network recovery actions which are triggered because of fatal faults in the BSS radio network. The object is blocked out of use due to a fatal TRX-wide failure on the BTS site.
BL-SU= BL-SWO= BL-SYS=
BL-TRX=
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d80580802591
185
BL-TST= BL-USR= BL-WAC= CS =
The object is blocked temporarily out of use due to radio network testing activities. The operator has blocked the object out of use. The administrative state of the object is locked or the related higher-level object is locked. The object is blocked out of use, because it is waiting for the Autoconfiguration or the Automatic Picocell Planning. DFCA MA List is for CS use. DLDC information of the BTS is not updated to PCU. DLDC information of the BTS is updated to PCU.
PCU IS NOT UP TO DATE = PCU IS UP TO DATE = PS = RF= WO=
DFCA MA List is for PS use. Radio frequency hopping is used. The object is in the normal function state. From the viewpoint of the BSS call control functions, the WORKING radio network resource is available for call control use.
1) The execution printout of the command ZEQO:BTS=1:IDE; is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-19 13:54:32
BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS: ============================== SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20 BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1 ------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO CELL IDENTITY............................(CI)..... 00012 FREQUENCY BAND IN USE....................(BAND)... 900 CELL NUMBER IN BTS HW....................(CHW).....0 BS IDENTITY CODE.........................(BSIC) NETWORK COLOUR CODE...................(NCC).... BTS COLOUR CODE.......................(BCC).... 2 4
LOCATION AREA ID.........................(LAI) MOBILE COUNTRY CODE...................(MCC).... 111 MOBILE NETWORK CODE...................(MNC).... 22 LOCATION AREA CODE....................(LAC).... 34567 BTS HOPPING MODE.........................(HOP).... UNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE................(UHOP)... ANTENNA HOPPING..........................(AHOP)... RF N N
186
Id:0900d80580802591
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST......(MAL).... UNDERLAY MOBILE ALLOC FREQ LIST.......(UMAL)... DFCA MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LISTS(DMAL)... DFCA UNSYNCHRONIZED MODE MA FREQ LIST.(DUMAL).. HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1.............(HSN1)... HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2.............(HSN2)... UNDERLAY HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER......(UHSN)... COMMAND EXECUTED 2) The execution printout of the command ZEQO:BTS=20:CEL; is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29
2 CS: PS: 3 3 4 0
1 1
3 3
13:54:32
CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS: ======================= SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20 BCF-0020 BTS-0020 CENTRUM20 ------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR CELL BARRED..............................(BAR).... CALL REESTABLISHMENT ALLOWED.............(RE)..... EMERGENCY CALL RESTRICTED................(EC)..... PLMN PERMITTED...........................(PLMN)... NOT ALLOWED ACCESS CLASSES...............(ACC).... ADJACENCY ON OTHER BAND..................(DBC)... DIRECTED RETRY USED......................(DR)..... INTELLIGENT DIRECTED RETRY USED..........(IDR).... CELL TYPE................................(CTY).... MIN TIME LIMIT DIRECTED RETRY............(MIDR)... MAX TIME LIMIT DIRECTED RETRY............(MADR)... DIRECTED RETRY METHOD....................(DRM).... *) NOT ACTIVE IN PRFILE COMMAND EXECUTED Y N N 01,04,06 03,07,11,12,15 Y *) Y *) Y *) GSM 0 5 0
3) The execution printout of the command ZEQO:BTS=1:RAD; is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-10-19 13:54:32
RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAMETERS: ================================= SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20 BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1 -------------------------------------
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d80580802591
187
BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR CELL RESELECT HYSTERESIS.................(HYS).... 02 dB MS TXPWR MAX CCH.........................(TXP1)... 27 dBm MS TXPWR MAX CCH 1x00....................(TXP2)... 30 dBm RXLEV ACCESS MIN.........................(RXP)....-100 dBm RADIO LINK TIMEOUT.......................(RLT).... 12 SACCH BLOCKS POWER OFFSET.............................(PO)..... 00 dB GPRS RXLEV ACCESS MIN....................(GRXP)...-100 dBm GPRS MS TXPWR MAX CCH....................(GTXP1).. 11 dBm GPRS MS TXPWR MAX CCH1x00................(GTXP2).. 30 dBm GPRS NON BCCH LAYER RXLEV UPPER LIMIT....(GPU)....-95 dBm GPRS NON BCCH LAYER RXLEV LOWER LIMIT....(GPL)....-100 dBm DIRECT GPRS ACCESS THRESHOLD.............(DIRE)... 0 dBm RA RESELECT HYSTERESIS...................(RRH).... 02 dB C31 HYSTERESIS...........................(CHYS)... Y PRIORITY CLASS...........................(PRC).... 7 HCS THRESHOLD............................(HCS).... N COMMAND EXECUTED 4) The execution printout of the command ZEQO:BTS=1:QUE; is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
QUEUEING PARAMETERS: ==================== SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20 BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1 ------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR MAX QUEUE LENGTH.........................(MQL).... TIME LIMIT CALL..........................(TLC).... TIME LIMIT HANDOVER......................(TLH).... QUEUE PRIORITY USED......................(QPU).... QUEUEING PRIORITY CALL................(QPC).... QUEUEING PRIORITY URGENT HANDOVER.....(QPH).... QUEUEING PRIORITY NON-URGENT HANDOVER.(QPN).... MS PRIORITY USED.........................(MPU).... COMMAND EXECUTED 5) The execution printout of the command ZEQO:BTS=1:CCH; is: 020 % 12 SECONDS 12 SECONDS Y 05 04 06 N
188
Id:0900d80580802591
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
BSC
BSC-LAB
2007-11-29
13:54:32
CCH CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS: ============================= SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20 BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1 ------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR NUMBER OF BLOCKS FOR ACCESS GRANT MSG....(AG)..... NUMBER OF MULTIFRAMES....................(MFR).... TIMER FOR PERIODIC MS LOCATION UPDATING..(PER).... ALLOW IMSI ATTACH DETACH.................(ATT).... COMMAND EXECUTED 6) The execution printout of the command ZEQO:BTS=1:INT; is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32 01 04 04.6 HOURS Y
INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PARAMETERS: ================================== SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20 BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM20 ------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR C/N THRESHOLD............................(CNT).... 35 dB AVERAGING PERIOD.........................(AP)..... 20 BOUNDARY 0...............................(BO0)....-110 dBm BOUNDARY 1...............................(BO1)....-100 dBm BOUNDARY 2...............................(BO2)....-100 dBm BOUNDARY 3...............................(BO3)....- 80 dBm BOUNDARY 4...............................(BO4)....- 70 dBm BOUNDARY 5...............................(BO5)....- 47 dBm COMMAND EXECUTED 7) The execution printout of the command ZEQO:BTS=1:MIS; is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-10-19 13:54:32
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d80580802591
189
MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS: ========================= SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20 BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1 ------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR DTX MODE.................................(DTX).... 0 (MS MAY USE DTX) BTS MEASURE AVERAGE......................(BMA).... 01 MS TX PWR MAX GSM........................(PMAX1).. 25 dBm MS TX PWR MAX GSM1X00....................(PMAX2).. 26 dBm MS TX PWR MIN............................(PMIN)... 15 dBm MAX NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSION.............(RET).... 04 MAX NUMBER OF REPETITION.................(NY1).... 20 NUMBER OF SLOTS SPREAD TRANS.............(SLO).... 03 SMS CB USED..............................(CB)..... Y BTS LOAD THRESHOLD.......................(BLT).... 060 % MS MAX DISTANCE IN CALL SETUP............(DMAX)... 025 (13.75 km) TRX PRIORITY IN TCH ALLOCATION...........(TRP).... 0 CELL LOAD FOR CHANNEL SEARCH.............(CLC).... 0 % RX DIVERSITY.............................(RDIV)... N TCH RATE INTRA-CELL HANDOVER.............(TRIH)... 1 (CALL SERVING TYPE AND SPEECH CODEC HAS TO BE ALLOCATED PRIMARILY) LOWER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRL).... 20 % UPPER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRU).... 80 % AMR LOWER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES.....(AFRL)... 40 % AMR UPPER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES.....(AFRU)... 60 % NEW ESTABLISHMENT CAUSES SUPPORT.........(NECI)... Y *) RADIUS EXTENSION.........................(EXT).... 21 km SUPER RADIUS EXTENSION...................(SEXT)... 55 km MULTIBAND CELL REPORTING.................(MBR).... 1 EARLY SENDING INDICATION.................(ESI).... Y NON BCCH LAYER OFFSET....................(NBL).... 0 dBm BTS LOAD IN SEG..........................(LSEG)... 70 % SCALE ORD................................(SCO).... 0 AMH UPPER LOAD THRESHOLD.................(AUT).... 80 % AMH LOWER LOAD THRESHOLD.................(ALT).... 20 % AMH MAX LOAD OF TARGET CELL..............(AML).... 70 % TRHO GUARD TIME..........................(TGT).... 30 s DL NOISE LEVEL...........................(DLN).... -110 dBm UL NOISE LEVEL...........................(ULN).... -110 dBm STIRC ENABLED............................(STIRC).. N EXTENDED BCCH ENABLED....................(EBENA).. N IMMEDIATE SDCCH HO ENABLED...............(ISIC)... 0 (DISABLED) POWER SAVE PARAMETERS: 2G TRX POWER DOWN THRESHOLD (TCHs)........ (PWDT).. 0 (NOT USED) 2G TRX POWER UP THRESHOLD (TCHs).......... (PWUT).. 5 MERGED PGSM900 AND EGSM900 ENABLED............(MPE)... N
190
Id:0900d80580802591
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
C2 RESELECTION PARAMETERS : CELL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDEX......(PI)..... Y *) CELL BAR QUALIFY......................(QUA).... N CELL RESELECT OFFSET..................(REO).... 112 dB TEMPORARY OFFSET......................(TEO).... 50 dB PENALTY TIME..........................(PET).... 600 s ISHO RESELECTION PARAMETERS: THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS...........(QSRI)... never GPRS THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS......(QSRP)... never FDD AND TDD CELL RESELECT OFFSET..........(FDD).... 0 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD.....................(FDM).... -20 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD OFFSET..............(FDMO)... 2 dB MINIMUM RSCP THRESHOLD....................(FDR).... -100 dBm BTSPLUS SPECIFIC PARAMETERS: SDCCH MEASUREMENT REPORT SENDING..... (SMREPS).. N INTERVAL MEASUREMENT REPORT SENDING.. (IMREPS).. 10 FACCH BUSY THRESHOLD................. (FACHBT).. 109 dBm RACH BUSY THRESHOLD.................. (RACHBT).. 109 dBm REPEATED SACCH RX LEV THRESHOLD DL... (RSRDL)... 10 REPEATED SACCH RX LEV THRESHOLD UL... (RSRUL)... 7 REPEATED SACCH IN DL................. (RSDL).... DISABLED REPEATED SACCH IN UL................. (RSUL).... DISABLED ENABLE TEMPORARY OVERPOWER........... (ETOP).... DISABLED REPEATED FACCH IN DL................. (RFDL).... DISABLED REPEATED FACCH IN UL................. (RFUL).... DISABLED APPLY REPEATED FACCH................. (ARF)..... N CARRIER UNIT CONFIGURATION........... (CUCONF).. HOMOGENEOUS TX DIVERSITY TIME SHIFT.............. (TXDIV)... DISABLED DFCA PARAMETERS: DFCA MODE................................(DMOD).. OFF FORCED HR MODE C/I AVERAGING PERIOD......(FHR)... 15 min FORCED HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD.............(FHT)... 0 dB FORCED AMR HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD.........(FAHT).. 0 dB FORCED HR MODE HYSTERESIS................(FHH)... 3 dB BSC-BSC INTERFACE STATUS......................... DFCA TRX FAULT STATUS............................ IBHO PARAMETERS: IBHO GSM ENABLED...........................(IGE)... NO IBHO WCDMA ENABLED.........................(IWE)... NO LTE CELL RESELECTION PARAMETERS: GSM PRIORITY...........................(GPRIO).... 4 WCDMA PRIORITY.........................(WPRIO).... 5 PRIORITY SEARCH THRESHOLD..............(PSTHR).... -50 dB LOW PRIORITY THRESHOLD.................(LPTHR).... -98 dB RESELECTION ALGORITHM HYSTERESIS.......(HPRIO).... 5 dB TIME HYSTERESIS........................(TIMEH).... 10 s
*) NOT ACTIVE IN PRFILE COMMAND EXECUTED
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d80580802591
191
8) The execution printout of the command ZEQO:BTS=7&&11:HOP; is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 12:54:32
FREQUENCY HOPPING PARAMETERS: ============================= SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1 BCF-0020 BTS-0007 CITY7 ------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO BTS HOPPING MODE..................(HOP).... HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1......(HSN1)... HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2......(HSN2)... MAIO OFFSET....................(MO)..... MAIO STEP......................(MS)..... MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQ LIST....(MAL).... UNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE.........(UHOP)... UNDERLAY HOP SEQ NUMBER........(UHSN)... UNDERLAY MAIO OFFSET...........(UMO).... UNDERLAY MAIO STEP.............(UMS).... UNDERLAY MA FREQUENCY LIST.....(UMAL)... BB 12 16 0 1 BB 10 0 1 (BASEBAND HOPPING)
*) *) *) (BASEBAND HOPPING) *) *) *)
DFCA MODE ........................(DMOD)... DFCA DFCA MA FREQ LIST(S)...........(DMAL)... CS: 1 PS: 1 DFCA UNSYNC MODE MA FREQ LIST..(DUMAL).. *) MAIO VALUES PER RADIO TIMESLOT: THERE IS NO OVERLAY TRX UNDER BTS DFCA TRXS: ADM. OP. STATE STATE TRX-003 L BL-US
FREQ RTSL0 RTSL1 RTSL2 RTSL3 RTSL4 RTSL5 RTSL6 RTSL7 976 -
SEG-0002 BIGCENTRUM2 BCF-0002 BTS-0008 CITY8 ------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO
192
Id:0900d80580802591
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
BTS HOPPING MODE..................(HOP).... RF HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1 .....(HSN1)... 8 HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2 .....(HSN2)... 0 MAIO OFFSET....................(MO)..... 0 MAIO STEP......................(MS)..... 1 MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQ LIST....(MAL).... 110 FREQUENCIES: 4 6 12 96 102 108 114 UNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE.........(UHOP)... UNDERLAY HOP SEQ NUMBER........(UHSN)... UNDERLAY MAIO OFFSET...........(UMO).... UNDERLAY MAIO STEP.............(UMS).... UNDERLAY MA FREQUENCY LIST.....(UMAL)... RF 0 0 1 -
(RF HOPPING) *)
120
124
(RF HOPPING)
DFCA MODE ........................(DMOD)... OFF DFCA MA FREQ LIST(S)...........(DMAL)... CS: PS: DFCA UNSYNC MODE MA FREQ LIST..(DUMAL).. MAIO VALUES PER RADIO TIMESLOT OVERLAY TRXS: ADM. STATE TRX-005 U TRX-006 U TRX-007 U TRX-008 U
OP. STATE WO WO WO WO
FREQ RTSL0 RTSL1 RTSL2 RTSL3 RTSL4 RTSL5 RTSL6 RTSL7 24 BCCH 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
THERE IS NO UNDERLAY TRX UNDER BTS
SEG-0002 BIG63CENTRUM2 BCF-0002 BTS-0009 CITY9 ------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO BTS HOPPING MODE..................(HOP).... RF HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1 .....(HSN1)... 6 HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2 .....(HSN2)... 0 MAIO OFFSET....................(MO)..... 3 MAIO STEP......................(MS)..... 1 MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQ LIST....(MAL).... 110 FREQUENCIES: 4 6 12 96 102 108 114 UNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE.........(UHOP)... UNDERLAY HOP SEQ NUMBER........(UHSN)... RF 0 (RF HOPPING) *)
120
124
(RF HOPPING)
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d80580802591
193
UNDERLAY MAIO OFFSET...........(UMO).... UNDERLAY MAIO STEP.............(UMS).... UNDERLAY MA FREQUENCY LIST.....(UMAL)...
0 1 -
DFCA MODE ........................(DMOD)... OFF DFCA MA FREQ LIST(S)...........(DMAL)... CS: PS: DFCA UNSYNC MODE MA FREQ LIST..(DUMAL).. MAIO VALUES PER RADIO TIMESLOT OVERLAY TRXS: ADM. STATE TRX-009 U TRX-010 U TRX-011 U TRX-012 U
THERE IS NO UNDERLAY TRX UNDER BTS *) NOT RELEVANT IN THIS HOPPING MODE
SEG-0002 BIGCENTRUM2 BCF-0002 BTS-0010 CITY10 ------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO BTS HOPPING MODE..................(HOP).... RF HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1 .....(HSN1)... 20 HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2 .....(HSN2)... 0 MAIO OFFSET....................(MO)..... 6 MAIO STEP......................(MS)..... 1 MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQ LIST....(MAL).... 110 FREQUENCIES: 4 6 12 96 102 108 114 UNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE.........(UHOP)... RF UNDERLAY HOP SEQ NUMBER........(UHSN)... 22 UNDERLAY MAIO OFFSET...........(UMO).... 9 UNDERLAY MAIO STEP.............(UMS).... 1 UNDERLAY MA FREQUENCY LIST.....(UMAL)... 112 FREQUENCIES: 1 3 21 23 45 49 77 113 117 119 121 DFCA MODE ........................(DMOD)... OFF DFCA MA FREQ LIST(S)...........(DMAL)... CS: PS: (RF HOPPING) *)
120
124
(RF HOPPING)
81
85
89
194
Id:0900d80580802591
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
DFCA UNSYNC MODE MA FREQ LIST..(DUMAL).. MAIO VALUES PER RADIO TIMESLOT OVERLAY TRXS: ADM. STATE TRX-013 U TRX-014 U TRX-015 U TRX-016 U
UNDERLAY TRXS: TRX-001 U WO TRX-002 U WO TRX-003 U WO TRX-004 U WO
9 10 11 12
9 10 11 12
9 10 11 12
9 10 11 12
9 10 11 12
9 10 11 12
9 10 11 12
9 10 11 12
*) NOT RELEVANT IN THIS HOPPING MODE
SEG-0003 BIGCENTRUM3 BCF-0003 BTS-0011 CITY11 ------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO BTS HOPPING MODE..................(HOP).... N (NOT HOPPING) HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1 .....(HSN1)... 0 *) HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2 .....(HSN2)... 0 *) MAIO OFFSET....................(MO)..... 0 *) MAIO STEP......................(MS)..... 1 *) MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQ LIST....(MAL).... *) UNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE.........(UHOP)... N (NOT HOPPING) UNDERLAY HOP SEQ NUMBER........(UHSN)... *) UNDERLAY MAIO OFFSET...........(UMO).... *) UNDERLAY MAIO STEP.............(UMS).... 1 *) UNDERLAY MA FREQUENCY LIST.....(UMAL)... *) DFCA MODE ........................(DMOD)... OFF DFCA MA FREQ LIST(S)...........(DMAL)... CS: PS: DFCA UNSYNC MODE MA FREQ LIST..(DUMAL).. MAIO VALUES PER RADIO TIMESLOT OVERLAY TRXS: ADM. OP. STATE STATE
*)
FREQ RTSL0 RTSL1 RTSL2 RTSL3 RTSL4 RTSL5 RTSL6 RTSL7
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d80580802591
195
TRX-001 TRX-002 TRX-003 TRX-004
U U L U
WO WO BL-USR WO
100 104 110 116
BCCH
THERE IS NO UNDERLAY TRX UNDER BTS *) NOT RELEVANT IN THIS HOPPING MODE COMMAND EXECUTED 9) The execution printout of the command ZEQO:BTS=4:TRU; is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
TRUNK RESERVATION PARAMETERS: ============================= SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1 BCF-0001 BTS-0004 COUNTRY2 ------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO TRUNK RESERVATION USED...................(TR)..... LIMIT FOR FREE TCHS......................(LIMIT).. TCHS RESERVED FOR PRIORITY SUBSCRIBERS...(TCRP)... RESTRICTED USE OF PRIORITY CHANNELS......(RUP).... RESERVATION METHOD.......................(REM).... TRAFFIC TYPE 1 (GSM CALL SETUP) 2 (MCN CALL SETUP) 3 (GSM HANDOVER) 4 (MCN HANDOVER) 5 (PRIORITY CALL SETUP) 6 (PRIORITY HANDOVER) 7 8 9 10 *) NOT ACTIVE IN PRFILE COMMAND EXECUTED 10) The execution printout of the command ZEQO:BTS=7:BCC; is: TABLE 6 4 5 1 Y *) 12 0 N STAT
196
Id:0900d80580802591
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
BSC
BSC-LAB
2007-11-29
13:54:32
BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS: ===================================== SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1 BCF-0001 BTS-0007 CENTRUM7 ------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO ID. OF BCCH FREQUENCY LIST........(IDLE)... BCCH ALLOC. USAGE FOR ACTIVE MS...(ACT).... MEASUREMENT BCCH ALLOCATION LIST..(MEAS)... COMMAND EXECUTED 11) The execution printout of the command ZEQO:BTS=7:DAT; is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 12:54:32 10 ADJ (ADJACENT CELL LIST USED) Y
DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS: ===================================== SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1 BCF-0001 BTS-0007 CENTRUM7 ------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR HSCSD TCH CAPASITY MINIMUM...............(HTM).... 35 % HSCSD CELL LOAD UPPER LIMIT..............(HCU).... 100 % HSCSD CELL LOAD LOWER LIMIT..............(HCL).... 100 % HSCSD REGULAR CELL LOAD UPPER LIMIT......(HRCU)... 100 % HSCSD UPGRADE GUARD TIME.................(HUT).... 0 s HSCSD DOWNGRADE GUARD TIME...............(HDT).... 0 s HSCSD UPGRADE GAIN.......................(HUG).... 0 % HSCSD MINIMUM EXHAUST....................(HME).... 1 COMMAND EXECUTED 12) The execution printout of the command ZEQO:BTS=7:GPRS; is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-10-19 13:54:32
BTS GPRS PARAMETERS: ========================================
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d80580802591
197
SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1 BCF-0001 BTS-0007 CENTRUM7 ------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO GPRS ENABLED.....................................(GENA)... Y PACKET SERVICE ENTITY IDENTIFIER..............(PSEI)... 13 SERVING PCU BCSU INDEX................................... 0 PCU INDEX.................................... 3 PCU ID....................................... 2 PCU OBJECT STATE............................. WORKING BSSGP VIRTUAL CONNECTION IDENTIFIER...........(BVCI)... 10001 NETWORK SERVICE ENTITY IDENTIFIERS AND BVC'S OP.STATES IN NSE: (NSEI)... 00001 (BVC)... WO-EX (NSEI)... 00004 (BVC)... WO-EX (NSEI)... 00235 (BVC)... BL-SY (NSEI)... 01325 (BVC)... BL-SY (NSEI)... 21473 (BVC)... WO-EX (NSEI)... 23453 (BVC)... WO-EX (NSEI)... 34733 (BVC)... BL-SY (NSEI)... 46326 (BVC)... BL-SY ROUTING AREA IDENTIFICATION......................(RAI) MOBILE COUNTRY CODE...........................(MCC).... 110 MOBILE NETWORK CODE...........................(MNC).... 20 LOCATION AREA CODE............................(LAC).... 34560 ROUTING AREA CODE.............................(RAC).... 10 EGPRS ENABLED....................................(EGENA).. N DEDICATED GPRS CAPACITY..........................(CDED)... 50 % DEFAULT GPRS CAPACITY............................(CDEF)... 50 % MAX GPRS CAPACITY................................(CMAX)....50 % PREFER BCCH FREQUENCY GPRS.......................(BFG).... 1 DL ADAPTION PROBABILITY THRESHOLD................(DLA).... 20 % UL ADAPTION PROBABILITY THRESHOLD................(ULA).... 10 % DL BLER CROSSPOINT CS SELECTION NO HOP...........(DLB).... 68 % UL BLER CROSSPOINT CS SELECTION NO HOP...........(ULB).... 87 % DL BLER CROSSPOINT CS SELECTION HOP..............(DLBH)... 11 % UL BLER CROSSPOINT CS SELECTION HOP..............(ULBH)... 24 % CODING SCHEME NO HOP.............................(COD).... 2 CODING SCHEME HOP................................(CODH)... 0 INITIAL MCS FOR ACKNOWLEDGED MODE................(MCA).... 9 INITIAL MCS FOR UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..............(MCU).... 6 MAXIMUM BLER IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE................(BLA).... 90 % MAXIMUM BLER IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..............(BLU).... 10 (1%) MEAN BEP OFFSET GMSK.............................(MBG).... 4 MEAN BEP OFFSET 8PSK.............................(MBP).... 4 EGPRS LINK ADAPTATION ENABLED....................(ELA).... 2 CODING SCHEMES CS3 AND CS4 ENABLED...............(CS34)... Y DL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE............(DCSA)... 3
198
Id:0900d80580802591
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
UL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE............(UCSA)... DL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..........(DCSU)... UL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..........(UCSU)... ADAPTIVE LA ALGORITHM............................(ALA).... EXTENDED CELL GPRS/EDGE ENABLED..................(EXGENA). EXTENDED CELL LOCATION KEEP PERIOD...............(EXKEEP). DL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE...(DCSEA).. UL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE...(UCSEA).. DL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.(DCSEU).. UL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.(UCSEU).. INITIAL MCS FOR EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE.......(MCEA)... INITIAL MCS FOR EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.....(MCEU)... BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR CS1-CS4.............(TFU).... BTS DL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR CS1-CS4.............(TFD).... BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS4...........(TFUM1).. BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS9...........(TFUM)... BTS DL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS9...........(TFDM)... EGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM WEEKDAYS..................(EAW).... EGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM START TIME................(EAS).... EGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM END TIME..................(EAE).... DLDC ENABLED.....................................(DCENA).. PCU UP TO DATE...................................(PUTD)... DTM ENABLED......................................(DENA)... COMMAND EXECUTED 13) The execution printout of the command ZEQO:BTS=1:AMR; is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:31
3 5 5 Y N 15 s 1 1 1 1 1 1 12 kbit/s 12 kbit/s 16 kbit/s 30 kbit/s 30 kbit/s MO WE FR 08-00 18-00 N Y N
BTS ADAPTIVE MULTI RATE CODEC (AMR) PARAMETERS: =============================================== SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20 BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1 ------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO AMR RADIO LINK TIMEOUT.......................(ARLT).. AMR HR RADIO LINK TIMEOUT....................(AHRLT). AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR FR FR FR FR FR FR CODEC MODE SET........................(FRC)... START MODE............................(FRS)... INITIAL CODEC MODE INDICATOR (ICMI)...(FRI)... DL THRESHOLD 1........................(FRTD1). DL THRESHOLD 2........................(FRTD2). DL THRESHOLD 3........................(FRTD3). 12 SACCH BLOCKS 12 SACCH BLOCKS 12.2 7.40 5.90 4.75 kbit/s 00 0 8.0 dB 14.0 dB 22.0 dB
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d80580802591
199
AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR
FR FR FR FR FR FR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR
UL THRESHOLD 1........................(FRTU1). UL THRESHOLD 2........................(FRTU2). UL THRESHOLD 3........................(FRTU3). HYSTERESIS 1..........................(FRH1).. HYSTERESIS 2..........................(FRH2).. HYSTERESIS 3..........................(FRH3).. CODEC MODE SET........................(HRC)... START MODE............................(HRS)... INITIAL CODEC MODE INDICATOR (ICMI)...(HRI)... DL THRESHOLD 1........................(HRTD1). DL THRESHOLD 2........................(HRTD2). DL THRESHOLD 3........................(HRTD3). UL THRESHOLD 1........................(HRTU1). UL THRESHOLD 2........................(HRTU2). UL THRESHOLD 3........................(HRTU3). HYSTERESIS 1..........................(HRH1).. HYSTERESIS 2..........................(HRH2).. HYSTERESIS 3..........................(HRH3).. CODEC MODE SET........................(ACMS).. FR THRESHOLD 1........................(AFRT1). FR THRESHOLD 2........................(AFRT2). FR HYSTERESIS 1.......................(AFRH1). FR HYSTERESIS 2.......................(AFRH2).
8.0 dB 14.0 dB 22.0 dB 2.0 dB 2.0 dB 2.0 dB 7.40 5.90 4.75 kbit/s 00 0 22.0 dB 28.0 dB 0.0 dB 22.0 dB 28.0 dB 0.0 dB 2.0 dB 2.0 dB 0.0 dB Y 3.0 7.0 2.0 2.0
AMR-WB AMR-WB AMR-WB AMR-WB AMR-WB
dB dB dB dB
COMMAND EXECUTED 14) The execution printout of the command ZEQO:BTS=11:GPC; is: DX 200 DX220-LAB 2007-06-08 14:41:37 GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS: ======================== SEG-0011 BIGCENTRUM11 BCF-0010 BTS-0011 CENTRUM11 ------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO NCCR RXLEV TRANSFER MODE WINDOW SIZE...........(NRTW)... NCCR RXLEV IDLE MODE WINDOW SIZE...............(NRIW)... NCCR NUMBER OF ZERO RESULTS....................(NNZR)... NCCR OTHER PCU CELL OFFSET.....................(NOPO)... QC GPRS DL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD........(QGDRT).. QC GPRS UL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD........(QGURT).. QC EGPRS DL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD.......(QEDRT).. QC EGPRS UL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD.......(QEURT).. 4 6 5 10 dB 6 kbit/s 6 kbit/s 10 kbit/s 10 kbit/s
200
Id:0900d80580802591
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
COMMAND EXECUTED 15) The execution printout of the command ZEQO:SEG=1:IDE; is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
SEG IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS : =============================== SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1 BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1 BCF-0020 BTS-0002 CENTRUM2 BCF-0020 BTS-0003 CENTRUM3 ---------------------------- CELL IDENTITY............................(CI)..... 00012 BS IDENTITY CODE.........................(BSIC) NETWORK COLOUR CODE...................(NCC).... BTS COLOUR CODE.......................(BCC).... 3 4
LOCATION AREA ID.........................(LAI) MOBILE COUNTRY CODE...................(MCC).... 111 MOBILE NETWORK CODE...................(MNC).... 22 LOCATION AREA CODE....................(LAC).... 34567 COMMAND EXECUTED Semantic error messages Execution error messages If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session. If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Error Messages of System.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d80580802591
201
EQI OUTPUT BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MATRIX DATA <option>

Function With this command you output the background interference matrix data. The command is optional. Background interference matrix (BIM) tables contain cell-level information. However, you can identify the target of the command with parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME. Parameters Syntax BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: information group; EQI : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> | SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) : [ <information group> | <IBT> def ] ; Parameter explanations BTS identification BTS = decimal number With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and && when the SEGMENT_USAGE option is OFF. BTS name NAME = text string With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character & when the SEGMENT_USAGE option is OFF. SEG identification <option> SEG = decimal number With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and &&. SEG name <option> SEGNAME = text string
202
Id:0900d8058061d1f1
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character &. information group With this parameter you define which background interference matrix data group you want to output. IBT OBT NCB ALL incoming interference BIM table outgoing interference BIM table neighbour candidates for BIM update all BIM data related to the cell
The default is the IBT information group. Examples 1. Output the incoming background interference matrix data for BTS-20. ZEQI:BTS=20:ALL; 2. Output the incoming background interference matrix data for SEG-20. ZEQI:SEG=20:IBT; Execution printouts The execution printout of the command example 1 is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32 BTS-0020 BIGCENTRUM2 BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MATRIX DATA INCOMING BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MATRIX DATA BCCH FREQ ===== 130 157 144 NCC CODE ==== 2 2 2 BCC CODE ==== 4 3 5 LAC CODE ===== 34567 13560 3567 CELL ID ===== 65535 5523 23543 SEG ID ===== 660 128 34 C/I RATIO ===== 7 9 7 SIGNALLING POINT CODE ========== 10928374 -----15455555
NEIGHBOUR CANDIDATES FOR BIM UPDATE BCCH FREQ ===== 111 88 6 NCC CODE ==== 1 2 4 BCC CODE ==== 6 3 1 LAC CODE ===== ------------CELL ID ===== ------------SEG ID ===== ------------C/I RATIO ===== ---------SIGNALLING POINT CODE ========== ----------------
OUTGOING BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MATRIX DATA
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1f1
203
BCCH FREQ ===== 13 333 543
NCC CODE ==== 3 7 2
BCC CODE ==== 3 3 6
LAC CODE ===== 345 42325 67
CELL ID ===== 33243 22 543
SEG ID ===== 234 321 34
C/I RATIO ===== 2 11 7
SIGNALLING POINT CODE ========== 00010974 -----00154555
COMMAND EXECUTED The execution printout of the command example 2 is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32 SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM2 BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MATRIX DATA INCOMING BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MATRIX DATA BCCH FREQ ===== 130 157 144 NCC CODE ==== 2 2 2 BCC CODE ==== 4 3 5 LAC CODE ===== 34567 13560 3567 CELL ID ===== 65535 5523 23543 SEG ID ===== 660 128 34 C/I RATIO ===== 7 9 7 SIGNALLING POINT CODE ========== 10928374 -----15455555
COMMAND EXECUTED Semantic error messages Execution error messages If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session. If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Error Messages of System.
204
Id:0900d8058061d1f1
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
EQU CHANGE SEGMENT OF BTS <option>

Function With this command you change the segment of a BTS object in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database). The command is optional. The target and object segments have to be in the LOCKED state. BTS identification, BTS name: SEG identification, SEG name: cell identity: network colour code, BTS colour code: mobile country code, mobile network code, location area code; EQU : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> ) : ( SEG = <SEG identification> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> ) : ( CI NCC BCC MCC MNC LAC Parameter explanations BTS identification BTS = decimal number With this parameter you identify the BTS by itsl number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options. When the segment contains only one BTS, you cannot move the BTS to a new segment. This parameter is obligatory if parameter NAME is not given. BTS name NAME = text string With this parameter you identify the BTS by name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. When the segment contains only one BTS, you cannot move the BTS to a new segment. This parameter is obligatory if parameter BTS is not given. SEG identification SEG = decimal number With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range. The number of BTSs a segment can contain depends on the BTS site type. For more information on the possible combinations of different site types under the same segment, see Multi BCF Control in BSC. = <cell identity> : = <network colour code>, = <BTS colour code> : = <mobile country code>, = <mobile network code>, = <location area code> ) ... ; <option>
Parameters
Syntax
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1f4
205
SEG name SEGNAME = text string With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. The number of BTSs a segment can contain depends on the BTS site type. For more information on the possible combinations of different site types under the same segment, see Multi BCF Control in BSC. cell identity CI = decimal number With this parameter you identify the cell number. The values range from 0 to 65535. The parameter is obligatory when you move a BTS to a new segment. network colour code NCC = decimal number With this parameter you identify the network colour code number. The values range from 0 to 7. The parameter is obligatory when you move a BTS to a new segment. BTS colour code BCC = decimal number With this parameter you identify the BTS colour code number. The values range from 0 to 7. The parameter is obligatory when you move a BTS to a new segment. mobile country code MCC = decimal number With this parameter you identify the mobile country code number. The values range from 0 to 999. The parameter is obligatory when you move a BTS to a new segment. mobile network code MNC = decimal number With this parameter you identify the mobile network code number. The values range from 0 to 99. Optional values range from 0 to 999. The parameter is obligatory when you move a BTS to a new segment.
BMNC1...BMNC10, TMNC, and NEWMNC) in the entire GSM network is a binarycoded decimal number, the preceding zeros are significant. For example 1, 01, and 001 are different values. The use of a one-digit MNC is not allowed. location area code LAC = decimal number With this parameter you identify the location area code number. The values range from 1 to 65533. The parameter is obligatory when you move a BTS to a new segment. Examples 1. Move BTS-2 from segment 1 to segment 2. ZEQU:BTS=2:SEG=2; Execution printouts The execution printout of the command ZEQU:BTS=2:SEG=2;
206
Id:0900d8058061d1f4
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
when the segment is already created is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
BTS SEGMENT CHANGE COMPLETED: =============================== SEG-0002 BIGCENTRUM2 BCF-0020 BTS-0002 CENTRUM2 ---------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED Semantic error messages Execution error messages If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session. If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1f4
207
EQS CHANGE BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE

Function Parameters Syntax EQS : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> ) : <administrative state> : [ <forced handover> | <immediate lock> ] [ <time limit> | <300 sec> def ] ... ; Parameter explanations BTS identification BTS = decimal number With this parameter you identify the BTS with a decimal number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter NAME. BTS name NAME = text string With this parameter you identify the base transceiver station by name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter BTS. administrative state With this parameter you define the new administrative state of the BTS. When you change the administrative state of a segment, all administrative states of the BTSs in the segment must be changed. The values are: L U locked state unlocked state With this command you change the administrative state of the BTS. BTS identification, BTS name: administrative state: forced handover, time limit;
The parameter is obligatory. forced handover FHO With this parameter you force handovers in order to clear the traffic in the BTS. You can enter this parameter only when the administrative state is changed from UNLOCKED to LOCKED. The default is that the BTS is set to LOCKED state immediately, and calls are cut off. time limit With this parameter you define the time in seconds after which traffic is cleared in the specified BTS. If the traffic is not cleared by forced handovers by the end of the time limit, the calls are cut off. The values range from 1 to 500 seconds. The default value is 300 seconds.
208
Id:0900d8058061d1fa
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Examples
1. Change the administrative state of BTS-20 from UNLOCKED to LOCKED with forced handovers and the default time limit. ZEQS:BTS=20:L:FHO; 2. Change the administrative state of BTS-20 from LOCKED to UNLOCKED. ZEQS:BTS=20:U; 3. Change the administrative state of BTS CENTRUM1 from LOCKED to UNLOCKED. ZEQS:NAME=CENTRUM1:U;
Execution printouts
The execution printout of the command ZEQS:BTS=1:L; is: BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE CHANGED: ================================= SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20 BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1 ---------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKED BTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR BSC DATABASE UPDATED COMMAND EXECUTED Semantic error messages Execution error messages If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session. If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
DN9813242 Issue 25-5
Id:0900d8058061d1fa
209

Eq-Bts Handling BSC dn9813242 25-5 en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Eq-Bts Handling BSC dn9813242 25-5 en

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Eq-Bts Handling BSC dn9813242 25-5 en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nokia Siemens Networks GSM/EDGE BSS, rel.

RG10(BSS), operating documentation, issue 06, Doc change delivery 2

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Important Notice on Product Safety

DN9813242 Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

DN9813242 Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

DN9813242 Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

DN9813242 Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

DN9813242 Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

DN9813242 Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

DN9813242 Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

DN9813242 Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

DN9813242 Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

DN9813242 Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

DN9813242 Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

DN9813242 Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

DN9813242 Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

EQ - BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION HANDLING IN BSC

EQ - BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION HANDLING IN BSC

DN9813242 Issue 25-5

EQC CREATE BTS

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

EQC CREATE BTS

DN9813242 Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

EQC CREATE BTS

SEG identification exists:

DN9813242 Issue 25-5

EQC CREATE BTS

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

SEG name exists:

DN9813242 Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

EQC CREATE BTS

DN9813242 Issue 25-5

EQC CREATE BTS

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

DN9813242 Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

EQC CREATE BTS

Explanation Hopping is not used.

DN9813242 Issue 25-5

EQC CREATE BTS

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Explanation Cyclic hopping is used. Random hopping is used.